Home

Mercedes Benz 2002 CL-Class User's Manual

1. 21 Dashboard eresian 22 Center console eeeessessssssssssseeesse 24 Operation VENICIE KEYS skornenn eiie 28 Stare IOCK OUT arae a cdarcosarevess 31 General notes on the central locking system 32 Central locking system 33 Radio frequency and infrared remote control 33 KEYLESS GO honandani 37 Opening and closing windows and sliding pop up roof IPOIMMOUISICE aan a 44 Panic DUMON enone 46 Mechanical keys cccccceeees 46 TOOLS Srecistees tate Getta 47 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid 49 Central locking switch 0 49 Automatic central locking 51 Emergency unlocking in case of accident cee 51 MTOM esaera adssseusaseetan vers 52 TONK AMP e NE 55 Trunk lid release switch 56 Trunk lid release close switch 57 Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built prior to September 2001 eeeeeeee 60 Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built September 2001 and late T enn 61 Antitheft alarm system 0 62 Tow away alarm sccceserceseresseeeens 64 Easy entry exit feature 0 66 Front seat adjustment 67 Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 71 BACKLCSE snceuscesstecaeie autem 72 Lumbar support ou ee eeeeeeeeeees 74 Multicontour backrest 74 Seat hea
2. i 40 WHEH MEASURING ogg yeh hy leo P54 30 ses T CAR MUST BE LEVEL To check the engine oil level park vehicle on level ground with engine at normal operational temperature Check oil level approximately 5 minutes after stopping the engine allowing for the oil to return to the oil pan The message OBSERVE WAITING PERIOD perform service engine oil level check on time will be displayed if the required waiting period has not been observed after stopping the engine e with engine at operational temperature approximately 5 minutes Engine oil level indicator Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 157 f Practical hints cluster display e with engine not at operational temperature up to approximately 30 minutes The engine oil level check can be repeated after a short time Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To call up the trip odometer and main odometer press button or on the multifunction steering wheel until the display appears See page 124 Press button J or Ref on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the CORRECT MEASUREMENT ONLY IF VEHICLE LEVEL engine oil level indicator appears This indicator is only a reminder Measurement can be cancelled by pressing button EAN or Xe if the vehicle is not parked on level ground An incorrect reading will be recorded if you do not cancel the measurement Move the vehicle t
3. 2 Distronic is automatically switched off Distronic sensor in hood grille needs cleaning see page 384 3 The display or the system is malfunctioning 4 Distronic is non operational P54 30 4559 21 REACTIVATE SEE OWNER S MAN VISIT WORKSHOP VISIT WORKSHOP 327 EN Practical hints cluster display Practical hints Contents Practical hints Instruments and controls PIRSt AIC KIU Aaxcsseccatireenr teas 330 PS or a mieten 331 Shelf below rear window 333 MOOO ai eens ennai 334 Checking engine oil level 337 Automatic transmission TUITE Viel eseou e 338 Active body control ABC fluid level 0 0 eee 338 Coolant level sa ssscesescdsseesvenvasssbereseave 339 Adding coolant cceseeesseeeees 339 Windshield and headlamp Washer System sess aicecercchertsteees 340 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 340 Operation Driving Spare wheel vehicle tools storage compartment eee eeseeeeeees 341 Tack onnan 342 WICE ea 343 Tire Replacement ceeeeee 343 Rotating wheels ou eee 344 Pale WME lurtari ea 344 Changing wheels ssesssesseesseessessees 346 Tire inflation pressure 351 BE anaa EEA 352 FUND SATS sanaaa 355 Towing the vehicle cece 357 Exterior lamps cceeseeseeseeeeeeees 360 Headlamp assembly 361 Taillamp assemblies 364 Sta
4. eesesesssess0 83 TAS BOTAN aaee E N E 86 WNE LA ee E 302 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 82 SPAL NOJO araar a 76 Seat ventilation system e sssssresssseessreeseessseessssorsssersreesse 79 Seats Front seat adjustment essesssessessesssessessersesssessesseeseeses 67 Heated Soa reni e e E E OR 76 MEMOLV drien EA NNN 111 M lncontour SOCAL da 74 Vened SCAU or n 79 Selective locking See Central locking system ou eeeeeeeteceeneeeeeees 33 SELECTOR LEVER malfunction and warning messages cesses 325 Car care Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care cluster display 418 Service indicator Pilla CLOCK OU a A ater oleae 31 See Flexible service system FSS uc ceeeeeeeeseees 150 FIC CU IONIC man KEV cioncsinicsaacsoccnreswasn aes ouitaas tas 31 Setting the audio volume ccc eesesccessseeeesseeeseeeess 149 KEYLESS GO card cscicsstetesinea tease cevahiecesdscieviesei is cece 31 Shelf below rear WINGOW cccceceessscssceessssstsceseeesseeees 333 Arter SWCD ee a EE 228 230 Side impact airbags e ssoesoseossesosessessseessesssesssesseesseeseees 95 Starting and turning off the engine eee 233 Side marker lamp sccsccssssessrcsseecsssssoresscevsscsesessses 366 Starting the engine Simultaneous use of PIECTOMCKEY sarerea a 233 electronic main key and FESS CO II TEET 234 KEVERS S GO Card sistent a A 43 Steering lock
5. Instrument cluster display Practical hints 244 To engage firmly depress parking brake pedal When the electronic key is in starter switch position 2 the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster should come on brightly To release the parking brake pull handle on instrument panel The brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster should go out A warning sounds and the parking brake warning message see page 308 appears in the multifunction display if you start to drive without having released the parking brake Also see brake warning lamp on page 298 Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an accident or serious injury Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent depends on driving habits and operating conditions To save fuel you should e keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e remove unnecessary loads e remove roof rack when not in use e allow engine to warm up under low load use e avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration e have all maintenance work performed at regular intervals by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by d
6. ESP electronic stability program control switch see page 280 Level control switch for vehicles with ABC Active Body Control see page 283 3 ABC active body control switch see page 282 Switch for rear seat head restraints switch automatic see page 81 5 Hazard warning flasher switch see page 167 6 Central locking switch see page 49 7 Antitheft alarm system see page 62 Switch for tow away alarm see page 64 Parking assist parktronic system deactivation switch optional see page 286 Switch for rear window sunshade see page 191 COMAND system see separate operating instructions Automatic climate control see page 168 Rear window defroster switch see page 181 12 Ashtray see page 202 15 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp see page 302 eee DARES 16 Distronic DTR switch for distance warning 13 Start Stop button function see page 271 Starter switch for KEYLESS GO only see page 230 17 Distronic DTR thumbwheel for setting distance 14 Automatic transmission see page 235 see page 271 Instruments and controls 25 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument cluster display and controls Instruments and controls Contents Operation Operation Driving Operation WENMICIE KEYS ssiri a A 28 Start lock out cesssaises csesecsseneevee tees 31 General notes on the central locking system 32 Central locking system 33 Radio frequency and infrared remote contr
7. Mercedes Benz CL Class Operator s Manual CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name Further it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To ensure your pleasure of ownership and for your safety and that of your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of your time e Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside Then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please abide by the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please abide by the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving DaimlerChrysler AG Contents Introduction Product information ccceeeee 7 Operator s Manual cc eeeeseeeeees 8 Where to find it oo ee eeseeeeeees 13 Reporting Safety Defects 15 Instruments and controls Instruments and controls 18 Door control panel eee 20 Overhead control panel
8. Soooeooee gt Scocco 5 Exterior mirror adjustment switches see page 107 Exterior mirrors electrically folding switches see page 109 6 Power window switches see page 183 S SS Seog S i 7 Switch for rear door window override see pages 183 and 185 8 Trunk lid release switch see page 56 Trunk lid opening closing system switch see page 57 te 10 2072 27 Overhead control panel 1 Interior lighting switches see page 189 2 Sliding pop up roof switch see page 186 3 Tele Aid emergency call system switch see page 216 ae pose TELE 4 4 Hands free microphone for Tele Aid telephone and voice recognition system rE ERRET TT Lobb Peery ae CET rT IHO 5 Rear view mirror see page 106 PTT 6 Garage door opener see page 208 Instruments and controls 21 Instruments Operation and controls p Driving Instruments Operation and controls p Instruments and controls Dashboard Instrument 4 Practical hints cluster display Driving 22 a fs 60 p m 100 D E L o ONN A Pa A v 40 7 8977 j O 120 a4 o 1 min G2 i We AN oN am 0 f woj 13 AO I 20 rl Peeeeeee eee Car care 1 Left front parktronic warn
9. times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and Consumer information Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving f Practical hints cluster display may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Technical Car care data PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care odie and controls cluster display data Consumer information 406 Temperature Warning The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive tem
10. CHECK LAMPS CHECK LAMPS Q NO NO NO NO SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON CHECK LAMPS SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON CHECK LAMPS NO SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON CHECK LAMPS SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON Malfunction and warning messages Instruments and controls Operation Driving NO NO NO In the case of bulb failures in certain lamps other lamps will substitute See page 360 for instructions on replacing bulbs C Category see page 303 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning 2 The brake lamps are switching on after a delay or are permanently on visit workshop immediately 3 The brake lamps comprise several light emitting diodes The warning message will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working 4 Other bulbs will be brought into use as replacements when certain lamps blow 313 Instrument cluster display Practical hints PUES aa Operation Driving oan Practical hints and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 314 LAMP SENSOR SEAT BELT SYSTEM LAMP SENSOR SEAT BELT SYSTEM a i j JISIT WORKSHOP JISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 4440 21 P54 30 2440 21 Line 1 Line 2 Line 1 LAMP SENSOR VISIT WORKSHOP SEAT BELT SYSTEM VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 C Category see page 303 The headlamps will be switched on automatically if the light sensor malfunctions To deactivate the daylight running lamp mode see the indiv
11. Service A Service B One of the following messages will appear in the display e g Service A SERVICE A IN xx DAYS SERVICE A IN xx MILES Canada KM SERVICE A EXCEEDED BY xx DAYS SERVICE A EXCEEDED BY xx MILES Canada KM SERVICE A PERFORM SERVICE The next service due date is displayed either in days or in miles depending on your driving style Once the suggested service term has passed the symbol and message appear for approximately 30 seconds and a signal sounds every time when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 The service indicator disappears automatically after Note 30 seconds or if button on the instrument cluster When disconnecting vehicle battery for one or more is pressed days at a time such days will not be counted Any such Calling up service indicator manually days not counted by the FSS can be added by your Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 Mercedes Benz Center or 2 The interval between services is determined by the type of driving for which the vehicle is used For example driving at extreme speeds and cold starts combined with short distance driving in which the engine does not reach operating normal temperature reduce the interval Press button EAN or eg until the FSS indicator between services appears Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by pressing button or on the multifunction steer
12. eee REAL VIEW MILTOLS vinaria indan a n a s 106 EXE HOR enea a a a lot Sack E ER 107 MEOT aa a a tect anes 106 Storing mirror POSITIONS oo eee eeseeeseeesseeeeeeeeeees 106 Rear window defroster ccee ees cccceeesesssessssesceseeeseeeees 181 Rear window sunshade uu cccceeeseessseessccsceseeeseeeees 191 Remote Control isicsdsssves sisusensestebwwteeeokdictiaiersdbeda eseseeatcce 28 Battery replacement cccsccescssssssscestcsnscenssseessees 369 Removal and installation of front seat head restraints oo eeeeececccssseeeeeeeees 71 Replacement keys 0 oye 0H AWK Uf calrer enerere sme rer rete center EOR 30 RE DLAC DUDS acct terest eaee e ee 360 Replacing wiper blades ssesscssscssssssrsesresseesssresss 376 Reporting Safety Defects 0 0 ceceecessecsseceessecesseeeseeeeees 15 Reserve warning lamp Fuel reserve warning cccscccsssceceeseeeessseeesseeeesnees 299 Residual engine heat utilization REST 0 179 Roadside ASSISTANCE enana n ret 10 Roadside assistance call See ele AN ea nN NR 216 ROOLTACR saaat a T TRA 378 Index 417 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints S SEAT BACKREST malfunction and warning messages sseses000 321 SEAT BELT SYSTEM malfunction and warning messages sseses000 314 SCALDE S oian E A 82 RASC TING nian a a E es 85 ODOT O aee E AEEA N 86 Seat belt nonusage warning system
13. Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical when in use especially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully inserted in the jack tube Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Wheels Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase Tire replacement Front and rear tires should be replaced in sets Rims and tires must be of the correct size and type For dimensions see Technical Data We recommend that you break in new tires for approx 60 miles 100 km at moderate speed Tires Wheels Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display It is imperative that the wheel mounting bolts be fastened to a tightening torque of 110 ft lb 150 Nm whenever wheels are mounted For rim and tire specifications refer to Technical Data Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims use only genuine Mercedes B
14. Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 133 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 Instruments and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Navigation system HAN OFF MERCEDES DRIVE MB q P54 30 2985 27 Instrument i Practical hints cluster display 1 The navigation system is switched off 2 The navigation system is switched on but no destination has been specified 3 The navigation system is switched on and destination guidance is active Press the or button repeatedly until the required system is displayed See the separate COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System instruction manual for notes on the navigation system Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Distronic DTR P54 30 4488 27 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument f Practical hints cluster display 1 Distronic DTR is deactivated The actual distance 4 and the should be distance 5 to the vehicle in front 3 are displayed 2 Distronic DTR is activated The display shows the selected speed for approximately 5 seconds 3 Distronic DTR is activated The message DTR OFF appears for five seconds when Distronic is being deactivated 4 Vehicle ahead Only appears if a vehicle is detected ahead
15. S 100 Pon 160 in th iu finean disnl vi 40 L so SoN 120 x appears in the multifunction display we S 200 The tire inflation pressure monitor is now activated and 7 monitors the presently selected tire pressure for all four wheels on the ground 20 aof CHECK CURRENT 2 140 i A TIRE PRESSURE l Press button EJ NO on the multifunction steering 20 240 a l wheel to cancel the activation HE l260 l 1RN Repeat above steps if the multifunction display shows SE the message REACTIVATE TIRE PRESS MONITOR Press or button on the multifunction A multifunction display showing the message steering wheel until the display for trip and main TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES indicates a much odometer appears see page 124 too low tire inflation pressure Check and correct tire inflation pressure again on all wheels and repeat the Press the MJ or R button repeatedly until the tire tire inflation pressure monitor activation steps listed inflation pressure monitor appears above Press and hold button on the instrument cluster until the message CHECK CURRENT TIRE PRESSURE appears Release button Tire inflation pressure monitor 155 Lie LCI Operation Driving nS IE INSET Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Tire inflation pressure monitor Notes To ensure proper functioning of the tire inflation pressure monitor the t
16. Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Combination switch Blocked windshield wipers If the windshield wipers become blocked for example due to snow switch off the wipers For safety reasons before removing ice or snow remove electronic key from starter switch Remove blockage Activate combination switch again electronic key in starter switch position 1 Emergency operation of windshield wipers In case of windshield wiper malfunction in switch positions I or III turn combination switch to wiper setting II Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible i Practical hints cluster display Windshield wipers smear If the windshield wipers smear the windshield even during rain activate the washer system as often as necessary The fluid in the washer reservoir should be mixed in the correct ratio See page 340 for instructions on filling up the windshield headlamp washer reservoir Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing MB windshield washer concentrate S and water 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon water For temperature below freezing MB windshield washer concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon solvent Hazard warning flasher switch Note
17. Operation Driving Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Individual settings SETT I HGS RESET WITH ck3 BUTTOH RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS TO COHF IRM PRESS RESET CR BUTTOH SETTIHGS TO _ FACTORY SETT I HGS P54 30 4483 27 Instrument cluster display Practical hints 140 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings SETTINGS the requested menu can be called up in this options menu INST CLUSTER see page 142 LIGHTING see page 144 VEHICLE see page 147 These three menus contain additional submenus Individual settings can be selected in these submenus Selection marker Pressing button or E on the multifunction steering wheel controls the selection marker See below for instructions on returning the setting menus to the factory settings 5 Acknowledgment Press the or button repeatedly until the To return menu SETTINGS 2 to its factory individual setting preliminary display 1 appears setting Press the EAN or ef button until the setting menu e Call up the individual setting preliminary SETTINGS 2 is displayed display 1 Pressing the or ESM button controls the selection e Press the button in the instrument cluster for marker 3 in setting menu 2 approximately 3 seconds Display 4 will appear INST CLUSTER see page 142 e Press the Button once more
18. The display remains for the duration of the call Memory location numbers the 10 most recently dialed numbers are stored LO most recently dialed number L1 to LY previously dialed numbers UIs LTE Operation Driving itame Practical hints and controls cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 132 The telephone and COMAND system must be switched Press the button when the required number or on name appears in the display 2 Press the or button repeatedly until the See se display 1 appears Once dialing is completed the name 4 is displayed if the name is stored in the telephone book failing that the number dialed will remain displayed The display remains for the duration of the call Pressing the button activates the redial memory and the most recently dialed number is displayed Pressing the Jj or RA button browses forward or backwards through the redial memory The number or Pressing the ERY button hangs up and display 1 name selected appears in the display eae Pressing the or button displays the next or Note previous system Press the EN button if you do not wish to make a call The procedure is cancelled and display 1 appears Incoming call 1 CALL you are being called r Press the button to answer the call TEL Press the button to hang up or if you do not wish CALL to answer the incoming call ED P54 30 2202 21 The telephone must be switched on
19. To open Turn the thumbwheel upward W The right center air outlet is fully open MM The right center and fixed air outlets are opened Automatic climate control Instruments and controls Driving Operation Instrument cluster display 169 Practical hints ON OG 11 12 Center air outlet right adjustable Fixed air outlet right Side defroster outlet left and right fixed Side air outlet left and right adjustable Air volume control for side air outlets To open Turn thumbwheel outwards W The side air outlet is fully opened MM The side and door air outlets are opened Door air outlet left and right Display and controls Note We recommend that the sliders for the air outlets 1 6 9 be clicked to the automatic position to provide practically draft free ventilation Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Automatic climate control 170 Display and controls 8 Air volume automatic manual 9 Display Depending on the ambient light conditions the figures on the display will be shown as dark figures on a bright background in daylight or as bright figures on a dark background at night 10 Temperature control left 11 Air recirculation see page 176 12 Air distribution left automatic manual operation 13 Activated charcoal filter P83 40 2 26 Important This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning 1 Detrosting system that uses R 1
20. With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the braking and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Note To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use turn electronic key in starter switch to position 2 and activate combination switch for left or right turn signal in usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warning flasher will operate again Caution If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised the engine must be shut off electronic key in starter switch position 0 or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes Switch off the tow away alarm see page 64 and the automatic central locking see individual setting menu VEHICLE AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK on page 144 Car care Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Exterior lamps Exterior lamps Headlamp adjustment Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Check and readjust headlamps at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Warning Bulbs and bulb holders can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bu
21. s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning The seat belts provide protection only with the backrest locked in place Do not drive the vehicle when the backrest is not locked in place If the warning message SEAT BACKREST LEFT LOCK or SEAT BACKREST RIGHT LOCK is displayed in the multifunction display then the respective backrest is not engaged in its lock For backrest see page 72 Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Restraint systems Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Seat belt nonusage warning system With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 a warning sounds for a short time if the driver s seat belt is not fastened Automatic comfort fit seat belt An automatic comfort fit fea
22. the electronic key cannot be turned in the starter switch if the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling After reconnecting the battery also set the clock see COMAND operator s manual resynchronize the express feature of the power windows see page 185 the sliding pop up roof See page 188 and the electronic stability program see page 279 Jump starting Instruments and controls Jump starting Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Read all instructions before proceeding Important A discharged battery can freeze at approx 14 F 10 C In that case it must be thawed out before jumper cables are used Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Jumper cable specifications e Min
23. 008 44 Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card 372 Chaneine WEES sectsisinieeni ie eee a eis 346 CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp 296 Check regularly and before a long trip ee 294 Checking engine oil level Via engine oil level indicator ee eeeeceeeseeeeeees 157 VasOUl dP SCICKK eonenn iets dnveactens 337 GHG restraint sesvicassseiecdeeietecactenowsmans oe 70 82 88 102 Child seat See Infant and child restraint systems 102 Operation Driving HOSEL 409 Practical hints cluster display CHIP CARD malfunction and warning messages ccceeeee 324 Cleaning and care of the vehicle ou eeeeeeeeeeeeee 380 OAT TOO Secale ieee Ace co Sack Rel eA Rel ald lated 198 COMAND radio and telephone 0 0 eee ecceseeeeteeees 214 COMDIMALON SWIC detente neni erie i 164 C nsumer IMTOL INGTON sere R 405 Control and operation of radio transmitters 214 COOLANT coolant level malfunction and warning messages ccceeeeee 310 COOLANT coolant temperature malfunction and warning messages ceeeeeeeeee 311 Coolant level PONG iroa E A 339 CNC CITING a E N ta Savas pide ve bes Secsarsenaceadean 339 Coolant temperature gauge escessscessecsseeeeseeeseeees 117 COGLI S sc sea ccasesseacusaaecde caress exsm aeoecaaacsisesmmounenoneeane 403 Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity eee 404 COMPOS NENNE oe aca ese carsatevas
24. Car care P88 20 2052 26 Cover right side of rear bumper To remove cover Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal threaded hole for towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in trunk in spare wheel Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover Fit cover and snap into place We recommend that the vehicle be transported using flat bed equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing Important To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts The vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground and the selector lever in position N for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h The electronic key must be in starter switch position 2 To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the transmission however we recommend the drive shaft be disconnected at the rear axle drive flange for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports Use wheel lift dolly or flat bed equipment with electronic key in starter switch turned to position 0 Towing the vehicle Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 359 Practical hints Warning
25. Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Service Booklet Emission control Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Practical hints cluster display Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open Practical hints Instruments Operation Driving msiument and controls cluster display Starter switch 228 Starter switch 0 The electronic key can be withdrawn in this position only The electronic key can be removed only with the selector lever in pos
26. FREQUENCY use the Bag or BY button to select a frequency radio adjustment MEMORY use the Bj or Xe button to select a stored station preset memory 5 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK see automatic central locking on page 51 6 Returning the setting menu VEHICLE to the factory setting 7 Acknowledgment Press the or button repeatedly until the individual setting preliminary display 1 appears Press the EAN or Keg button until the setting menu SETTINGS 2 is displayed Instrument q Practical hints cluster display Car care Press button or E until the menu VEHICLE is selected by the selection marker 3 Press the 4X or eg button until the required display 4 or 5 is displayed Pressing the or E button controls the selection marker The settings made are stored and applied immediately The individual setting preliminary display 1 will appear again after you have run through all the setting menus Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system To return menu VEHICLE 4 and 5 to its factory setting e Call up menu 4 or 5 e Press the button in the instrument cluster for approximately 3 seconds Display 6 will appear e Press the button once more The menu VEHICLE is reset to factory settings acknowledged by display 7 The individual setting display SETTINGS 2 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The s
27. Failure to do so could result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Practical hints Air conditioner refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air conditioner system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely hard operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency The brake fluid must therefore be replaced every two years preferably in the spring It is recommended to use only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Technical Car care data LENS TUTE Operation Driving Lins TEST i Practical hints Car care anue and controls cluster display data Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 402 Premium
28. Instrument Operation Drivin cluster display Interior equipment Glove box 5 Navi pT P68 10 2103 26 Unlocked position Locked position Press to open The glove box can be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key See page 29 for instructions on how to remove the mechanical key from the electronic key e g for valet parking service P68 10 2104486 The glove box lid is equipped with a container 4 for coins and small accessories To open press the marking on the cover The glove box lamp switches on with the lid open and automatically switches off after 10 minutes if the lid remains open Storage compartment in front of armrest A cup holder is located in the storage compartment in front of armrest see page 199 To open Touch the top of the cover lightly To close Lightly push the cover up until it engages in lock DIa P68 20 2159 26 5 Storage compartment in front of armrest Interior equipment 195 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls t 2 Interior equipment 196 Storage compartment below the front armrest Storage tray in the armrest To open Press button 6 and raise the armrest To close Lower the armrest until it engages in lock a e 5 P68 20 2160 26 A coin holder is also located in the storage compartment below the armrest Storage space below the armrest Storage compartment
29. Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls Ll 2 cluster display Exterior lamps 362 Bulbs for high beam Xenon H7 55 W Bulb for low high beam Open hood Warning Press the clip together arrow and remove headlamp n cover 1 Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp Pull electrical connector off and its components We recommend that you have Unclip the retainer spring and take out the bulb SLC eet e oona 07 a ge d elnio Insert the new bulb so that the base locates in the recess on the holder Clip in retainer springs and plug the connector onto the bulb Align headlamp cover 1 and click into place Turn signal lamp Parking and standing lamp 1156 NA 26 9 5 W 32 4cp H 6W Open hood Open hood Twist bulb holder 4 counterclockwise and pull out Press the clip together arrow and remove headlamp Push bulb into socket turn counterclockwise and cover 1 ee Remove the bulb socket 3 Push bulb into socket turn Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise counterclockwise and remove POINTA PUD GOUREN Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise Align bulb holder 4 and turn clockwise to lock Reinstall bulb socket Align headlamp cover 1 and click into place Exterior lamps 363 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints moument Operation Driving een Practical hints and controls
30. Practical hints Car care cluster display 2 Decelerate and set Depress lever briefly to set speed Hold lever down to decelerate Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the accelerator Speed is set by briefly pushing the lever to position 1 or 2 The accelerator can then be released The selected speed is shown for approx 5 seconds in the multifunction display and the corresponding speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illuminated The speed can be increased e g for passing by using the accelerator After the accelerator is released the previously set speed will be resumed automatically If a set speed is to be increased or decreased slightly e g to adapt to the traffic flow hold lever in position 1 or 2 until the desired speed is reached or briefly tip the lever in the appropriate direction for increases or decreases in 0 6 mph 1 km h increments When the lever is released the newly set speed remains 3 Canceling To cancel the cruise control briefly push lever to position 3 When you step on the brake pedal or the vehicle speed drops below approx 25 mph 40 km h for example when driving upgrade the cruise control will be canceled If the illuminated speedometer segments begin to blink e g when aquaplaning or when moving the gear selector lever to position N while driving the cruise control is automatically switched off
31. The selector lever is locked in position P Notes For improved recognition of the KEYLESS GO card the doors should be closed when pressing the start stop button The gear selector lever can only be moved with the vehicle battery charged and connected and the starter switch in the Operation position With the gear selector lever in position P the brake pedal must also be depressed Starter switch KEYLESS GO 231 IS ELIOT Operation Driving Ls Ee Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Starter switch KEYLESS GO e Do not forget the engine can be started by anyone if a KEYLESS GO card is left inside the vehicle e To be able to operate the vehicle in the case of a malfunction in the KEYLESS GO system e g strong radio frequency disturbance we recommend that you carry the electronic key plus mechanical key with you and keep them in a safe place so that they are always handy Never leave the electronic key in the vehicle e To avoid radio transmission interference never store the KEYLESS GO card together with other electronic items e g cellular telephones other KEYLESS GO cards or metallic objects e g coins metal foil i Practical hints cluster display Notes With the engine at idle speed the charging rate of the alternator output is limited It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary elect
32. With the hazard warning flasher activated the combination switch in position for either left or right turn and the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 only the respective left or right side turn signals will operate P54 25 2149 26 The hazard warning flasher can be activated either manually via the switch located in the dashboard or it is activated automatically at the time an airbag is deployed To activate hazard warning flasher press switch once To deactivate press switch again If hazard warning flasher was activated automatically press switch twice to deactivate Hazard warning flasher 167 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Automatic climate control 168 Center air outlet left adjustable Fixed air outlet left Air volume control for left center air outlet To open Turn the thumbwheel upward WE The left center air outlet is fully open MM The left center and fixed air outlets are opened Air temperature control for center air outlets To lower temperature Turn thumbwheel towards the blue marking Automatic mode Turn thumbwheel to position A The indicator lamp above the thumbwheel will illuminate The airflow and temperature for the center air outlets are regulated automatically Air volume control for right center air outlet
33. and controls p Drivin D Parking system Warning indicators P54 65 2043 26 1 Frame 2 Segments Visual and audible signals indicate to the driver the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle Warning indicators for the front area are located above the left and center air outlets in the dashboard Warning indicators for the rear area are integrated in the rear headliner The frames 1 are illuminated when the Parktronic is engaged Each warning indicator has 6 yellow and 2 red segments 2 As soon as the sensors detect an obstacle one or more segments light up depending on the distance An intermittent acoustic warning will also sound as the seventh segment lights up and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 3 seconds will sound for the eighth segment Monitoring reach of sensors 100 50 0O cm 60 120 cm 39 19 5 O in 0 23 2 42 in ers mece 100 50 0 cm 0 60 120 cm 39 19 5 O in 0 23 2 42 in P54 65 2184 26 P54 65 2185 26 Front bumper The first yellow segment lights up at these distances Additional segments light up as the vehicle comes Center approx 40 in 100 cm closer to the obstacle Corner approx 24in 60cm Minimum distance between vehicle and obstacle at which the system stops indicating Rear bumper Front corners approx 6in 15 cm Center approx 48 in 120 cm Front center and rear approx 8 in 20 cm Corner approx 32 in 80cm Parking system 289 In
34. forward movement as much as possible Restraint systems Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display In cases of other frontal impacts angled impacts roll overs certain side impacts or other accidents without sufficient frontal or rear impact forces the emergency tensioning retractors will not be activated The driver and passengers will then be protected by the fastened seat belts and inertia reel in the usual manner Note The front passenger ETR activates only if the front passenger seat is occupied Heavy objects on the front passenger seat can appear to the SRS to indicate the presence of an occupant in that seat which causes the passenger front airbag to deploy and the ETR to activate in a crash exceeding the appropriate threshold Instruments Operation Driving and controls Restraint systems Airbags Front airbags q Practical hints cluster display 1 Driver airbag 2 Front passenger airbag The most effective occupant restraint system yet developed for use in production vehicles is the seat belt In some cases however the protective effect of a seat belt can be further enhanced by an airbag In conjunction with wearing the seat belts the driver and front passenger airbags can provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger in certain frontal impacts exceeding preset thresholds Side impact and head protect
35. handle will extend out of the radiator grill a To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood open the hood only with the wipers in the parked position Engine compartment 335 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints LENS TUTE Operation Driving Ens TESST i Practical hints and controls cluster display Engine compartment 336 To close Lower the hood and let it drop into lock from a height of approx 1 ft 30 cm assisting with hands placed flat on edges of hood 3 To avoid hood damage please make sure that hood is fully closed If not repeat closing procedure Do not push down on hood to attempt to fully close it sy P18 40 2067 26 CL 500 CL 600 Dipstick Model CL 500 and CL 55 AMG Model CL 600 To check the engine oil level park vehicle on level The dipstick is omitted Engine oil level can be ground with engine at normal operational temperature checked via the engine oil level indicator see Check i level f 157 eck engine oil level approximately 5 minutes after page stopping the engine allowing for the oil to return to the Oil filler cap oil pan Engine compartment Instruments Operation and controls p Driving 337 Instrument t Practical hints Car care cluster display Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Engine compartment The engine oil level can be checked by either t
36. please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers P gf WA 20a Layout of poly V belt drive CL 500 CL 55 AMG 1 Automatic belt tensioner 2 Crankshaft 3 Air conditioner compressor 4 Coolant pump Technical data Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 P13 22 2008 26 CL 600 5 Generator alternator 6 Idler pulley 7 Power steering pump 8 Idler pulley CL 600 only 393 Instrument f Practical hints Car care cluster display P13 22 2023 26 Technical data Instruments Operation and controls P Technical data Technical data Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt Driving Instrument Practical hints cluster display CL 500 215 375 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 5 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5500 rpm 225 kKW 5500 rpm 339 ft Ib 2700 rpm 460 Nm 2700 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2390 mm 394 CL 55 AMG 215 373 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 332 0 cu in 5439 cm 10 5 1 355 hp 5500 rpm 265 kKW 5500 rpm 390 ft 1b 3150 rpm 530 Nm 3150 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 239
37. position 1 or 2 The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approx 5 seconds see also page 273 and one or two segments around the stored speed light up on the speedometer dial see also page 274 Remove foot from the accelerator When briefly lifting the control lever to position 1 the vehicle speed will increase in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approx 5 seconds see also page 273 and one or two segments around the stored speed light up on the speedometer dial see also page 274 When briefly lowering the control lever to position 2 the vehicle speed will decrease in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approx 5 seconds see also page 273 and one or two segments around the stored speed light up on the speedometer dial see also page 274 e For amore precise setting the speed can be increased in increments of 1 mph Canada 1 km h by briefly pulling the control lever in direction 4 Caution If the driver s foot is not fully removed from the accelerator pedal the message DISTRONIC OVERRIDE is displayed while the Distronic control system is being overridden and it will not regulate the preset vehicle speed and following distance The vehicle speed and following distance will be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Warning Distr
38. soosesoeeesoeessoeesoseessressseesse 95 Alarm SyS lei sena 62 64 Anticorrosion antifreeze 06 253 339 399 404 Antiglare night position ceeccscsseceseeeseeeeeeees 106 Operation Driving osie 407 Practical hints cluster display Antilock brake system ABS esessessesssssessesessessessessess 276 Malfunction indicator lamp cccseeesceeseeeeeeees 300 Antitheft alarm system c ccsccssscsssscessccesscssesseceens 62 PUA LATS seare ntos dene OAE 250 Armrest rear bench seseeesesssseseesssssececesseeecessseseeesss 201 ASRU AY ea E A A AT 202 Center console front seessssesessssseeesssseeecesssssseesse 202 RCIE GOA enaa a 203 Audi Syte MS ern A O NN 126 Cassete PlAVer iian E NA 128 C DEDICI arier E E O 127 RAO ear a O 126 Automatic Central locking eesoeseseeeessessssesseresseeesseessses 51 Automatic climate control esesesseseessesoseseeseessesseessesso 168 Activated charcoal filter eeseccssecesteeessseeeees 177 Adjustable air outlets rear passenger compartment ee eeeeeesteeees 182 Air distribution manual oo eee ccceessesseseeeeeees 174 ANT DECIR CUA ON scrasst edesntsavseceaeeloaciesuccseassbaceuse auton 176 ANE vol me manual sxsapiesiaseescndcvesaurecanasaseerncetacetesotss 174 BASIC SOUS aran a A 173 Defogging windows essesseessesseessessesseesecssesressesse 175 176 DeTPO STING mananan a a end 175 Display and controls 2 ccsseesssacncsaccehac
39. Engine oil level indicator 157 Engine oil consumption 158 Operation Driving Exterior lamp switch 08 159 Headlamp mode 0sccseccesreee 160 Night security illumination 162 Headlamp cleaning system 163 Combination switch eee 164 Hazard warning flasher S WICC aarun 167 Automatic climate control 168 Display and controls 170 DOSTO aaae 172 Automatic maximum COO E a AN EON 172 Basic setting esseressesssserserersees 173 Special Settings oo eeeeeeees 174 Air recirculation ccceeeeeee 176 Activated charcoal filter 177 ECONOMY mode l eseseesseessseesssessee 178 Residual engine heat utilization eee 179 Switching the automatic climate control ATI ON aiae 180 Front center console storage compartment ventilation 180 27 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Rear window defroster 0000000 181 Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 182 Power windows cccceeseeseeeeeeseeees 183 Sliding pop up roof ou eee 186 Interior lighting 0 eee 189 Rear window sunshade 00 191 DWE VISOUS aiie a 192 Vanity MULTOTS cc cceccesseeesseesees 192 PRC BION airaa 193 Storage compartments and aTe SS aeae A 193 GIOVE DOK errean aana e 194 Coat hooks arnari 198 Cup holder sc ciasaccsin hawk 1
40. It operates when driving at speeds above approx 20 mph Canada 40 km h When recognizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial lights up and simultaneously an intermittent warning sounds When pressing the service brake pedal the warning sound stops The warning sound also stops when the distance to the vehicle ahead is sufficient again without applying the service brake pedal In this case the distance warning lamp also extinguishes Practical hints cluster display Car care Important With the Distronic switched off only the distance warning function operates meaning the vehicle does not slow down Distronic does not register oncoming vehicles Therefore there is no distance warning Warning If the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial lights up while driving and an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the service brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as that will result in an emergency braking application which especially depending on road surface conditions and driver reaction will not always be able to avoid a collision Important Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by Distroni
41. Portable remote control transmitter The built in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled objects Warning When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of anyone being harmed by the moving door Note Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener If you should experience difficulties with programming the transmitter contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void to the user s authority to operate the equipment Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control 1 Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Hold the end of the hand held transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 inches 5 cm to 12 cm away from the surface of the integrated remote control located on the inside rear view mirror keepi
42. Wheels Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 345 Practical hints For rim and tire specifications refer to Technical Data Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12 000 miles 20 000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an accident and possible injuries The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel The spare wheel should only be used temporarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quick as possible Car care Instruments T Instrument Operation Drivin and controls Ll cluster display Tires Wheels Changing wheels Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either side of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical when in use especially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully inser
43. With large objects stored in the parcel net do not slide the seat fully forward it could damage them Telephone general Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e without being Warning connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic system possibly resulting in an accident and personal injury A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free See Separate instruction manual for instructions on how device and only use the telephone when road and to operate the telephone traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second Interior equipment 207 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display Practical hints Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 Garage door opener Garage door opener 1 Signal transmitter keys 2 Indicator lamp 3
44. Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Service Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Introduction 9 Introduction 10 Roadside assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in your glove box Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next o
45. a door the door window and rear side door handle or press the start stop button on the window lower slightly After closing the door the gear selector lever windows close again In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the doors can be locked and unlocked individually To lock push down lock button or turn mechanical key in driver s door lock to position 3 In addition lock the trunk Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid The doors and the trunk lid close automatically if e the doors are positioned against the lock e the trunk lid is lowered against the lock It is not necessary to slam the door or trunk lid closed a pneumatic power assisted mechanism draws doors and trunk lid closed quietly and automatically once the lid or door has been latched When the pneumatic power assisted mechanism has stopped doors and or trunk can be reopened Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door or trunk opening when closing a door or the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around The pneumatic power closing assist mechanism cannot be interrupted once it has been engaged To prevent personal injury never actuate the closing assist mechanism by tampering with the door or trunk lid latch Central locking system Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving f Practical hints cluster display Central locking s
46. and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID INFO CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning Tele Aid please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you separately to learn more USA only Car care Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Tele Aid Notes The indicator lamp in the Information button remains illuminated in red for approx 10 seconds during the system self check after turning electronic key in starter switch to position 2 together with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Pq See system self check on page 216 when the indicator lamp does not light up in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message info CALL FAILED appears in
47. as possible rearward still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breastbone to the center of the airbag cover on the steering wheel must be at least ten inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combination of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any problems please see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front airbag inflates e Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Practical hints Car care Instruments and controls Operation Driving Restraint systems e Occupants especially children should never lean their heads in the area of the door or rear quarter interior trim panel where the side airbag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the airbag be triggered Always sit upright properly use the seat belts and appropriate size infant or child restraint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except ina Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactiva
48. display Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct mounting bolts Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12 000 miles 20 000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an accident and possible injuries The spare wheel should only be used temporarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quick as possible CL 55 AMG and Sport Package The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel Tire inflation pressure A table see fuel filler flap lists the tire inflation pressures specified for Mercedes Benz recommended tires as well as for the varying operating conditions For notes on checking the tire pressure using the tire inflation pressure monitor see page 153 Important Tire pressure changes by approx 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire pressure inside a garage especially in the winter Example If garage temperature approx 68 F 20 C and ambient temperature
49. eeeeeeceeeee 22 7 SA ter SWIC araroa a 228 Starter switch KEYLESS GO 230 Starting and turning off heECHE NE ernen a 233 Automatic transmission 235 Parkin Draken xaos 244 Contents Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Driving instructions eee 245 Drive sensibly save fuel 245 Drinking and driving 245 PCC als onsen 245 Power assistance eeeeeeeeeeeees 246 Brakes orenean aR 246 DEVINE ON heroon AROR 247 Parkin nN AS 248 TUS ot erreones errrprrerne ret 249 SHOW CHAINS oinen 251 Winter driving instructions 252 Deep Wate osnan 254 Passenger compartment 254 Traveling abroad ccseceeeees 295 213 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Cruise control Distronic DTR Brake assist system BAS Antilock brake system ABS Electronic stability program ESP Active body control ABC Level control system Parking assist Parktronic What you should know at the gas station Check regularly and before a long trip Control and operation of radio transmitters COMAND radio and telephone Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System radio or telephone if road and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a d
50. emergency call is initiated automatically e if the antitheft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds see pages 62 and 64 An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the inside rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See below for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Tele Aid 217 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Tele Aid Instrument Operation l cluster display Driving The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services and cellular air time the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the response center Note Location of the vehicle on a map is possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the response center Practical hints 218 Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL FAILED appears in the mult
51. equipped vehicle must never With the ABS malfunctioning the BAS is also switched be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner off which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of A eN d If the BAS warning message is displayed in the multifunction display have the BAS checked at your Ea authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The BAS is designed to maximize the vehicle s braking capability during emergency braking maneuvers by having maximum power boost applied to the brakes more quickly in emergency braking conditions than might otherwise be afforded solely by the driver s braking style This can help reduce braking distances over what ordinary driving and braking style might do The BAS complements the antilock brake system ABS Driving systems 275 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Driving Operation Driving systems Antilock brake system ABS Warning Do not pump the brake pedal rather use firm steady brake pedal pressure Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose for ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness Important The ABS improves steering control of the vehicle during hard braking maneuvers The ABS prevents the wheels from locking up above a vehicle speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions P
52. exceeded ETR activates Airbags alone cannot protect as well as airbags plus a A nd threshol al l i seat belts in impacts for which the airbags were second threshold exceeded airbag also activates designed to operate and do not afford any protection Seat belt not fastened whatsoever in crashes for which the airbags are not A E designed to deploy e first threshold exceeded airbag activates not ETR The SRS uses two crash severity levels thresholds to E E activate either the emergency tensioning retractor ETR Rear seats or front airbag or both Activation depends on the direction and severity of the impact exceeding the preset thresholds and whether the seat belt is fastened Driver and front passenger and rear seat systems operate independently of each other e first threshold exceeded ETR activates Emergency tensioning retractor ETR The seat belts for the front and rear seats are equipped with emergency tensioning retractors These tensioning retractors are located in each belt s inertia reel and become operationally ready with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 The emergency tensioning retractors are designed to activate only when the seat belts are fastened during frontal impacts exceeding the first threshold of the SRS and in rear impacts exceeding a preset severity level They remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body restricting its
53. from a minimum distance of 4 in 10 cm at sensors 1 To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensors Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Cleaning and care of the vehicle Instruments and controls Wiper blades Operation To prevent damage to the hood or the wipers the wiper arms should only be folded forward in the position shown above e Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 e Turn combination switch to position I see page 164 e Once the wiper arms are in the position shown above turn key in starter switch to position 0 Note For safety reasons remove electronic key from starter switch before cleaning the wiper blades otherwise the wiper motor can suddenly turn on and P82 30 2066 26 cause Injury e Turn combination switch to position 0 see page 164 Clean the wiper blade rubber with a clean cloth and detergent solution Driving INS AU Practic S Car care cluster display LENG TATIONS Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Cleaning and care of the vehicle 386 Window cleaning Light alloy wheels Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces An Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for automotive glass cleaner is recommended regular cleaning of the light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week with Mercedes Benz appro
54. from the starter switch Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Note The lighter socket can be used to accommodate electrical accessories up to a maximum 100 W Parcel net in trunk There are hooks 1 on the left and right inside the trunk from which the parcel net is suspended The parcel net and hooks are only designed to take light loads approximately 30 Ibs 13 6 kg in normal driving conditions They are unable to secure a load in the event of an accident P68 00 2598 26 Interior equipment 205 Instruments and controls Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Interior equipment Cargo tie down hooks Inside the trunk are six cargo tie down hooks Secure cargo by applying even load on the hooks using a cargo net Instrument cluster display Practical hints Parcel net in front passenger footwell A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Warning Do not place heavy or fragile objects or objects having sharp edges in the parcel net In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Note
55. hooks uu eeeeceseeeseesseeeeees 198 CUP HOldET hiir 199 ASAIN AVS na aiia a 202 LIOMET vinirnar 204 Parcel net in trunk ee 205 Cargo tie down hooks c0006 206 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 206 Telephone general ccceee 207 Garage door opener cseeeeeeees 208 Infrared reflecting windshield 212 Driving Control and operation of radio transmitters 0 214 The first 1 000 miles OO AWA heia 215 Maintenance ceeeeeecsseeeseseeeseeee 215 TRIO AIG reae 216 Catalytic converter cccceceee 226 Emission control ccceeeeeeseeeees 227 Starter SWCD snee 228 Starter switch KEYLESS GO 230 Starting and turning off TNE CNIOING aretha 233 Automatic transmission 235 Parking brake ou eecseceeeeeeees 244 Driving instructions eee 245 Drive sensibly save fuel 245 Drinking and driving 245 COIS sius e 245 Power assistance cece 246 Brake Siou a 246 3 DiIVI 2 O a sion R 247 Pa WV nenieca aE 248 TON a sence icsamdncsunees 249 SHOW CHAINS resnie 251 Winter driving instructions 292 DEED WALET vare 254 Passenger compartment 254 Traveling abroad cccceee 255 Cruise control csccsessenreesseess 256 Distronic DIR ninsa 259 Brake assist system BAS 275 Antilock brake system AB een sateen ccatanein 276 Electronic st
56. in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared Important Always be certain of the program mode selected since the vehicle driving characteristics change with the selection of the program mode Dependent on the program mode selector switch position S or W and the gear selector lever in position R the ratio of power transmission changes Automatic transmission Instruments and controls Instrument Driving Operation 243 Practical hints cluster display Emergency operation Limp home mode If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the transmission is most likely operating in Limp Home Mode which engages when there is a malfunction of the transmission This condition may be accompanied by the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster coming on In this mode only the 2nd gear or reverse gear can be activated To engage 2nd gear or reverse Stop the vehicle Move selector lever to position P Turn off the engine Wait approx 10 seconds Restart the engine oO FF Ww N e Move selector lever to position D for 2nd gear or move selector lever to position R for reverse gear Have the transmission checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Car care Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Parking brake Parking brake
57. indicator KEYLESS GO at which time it is automatically lamp 2 illuminates briefly reactivated Tow away alarm 65 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Operation Driving He TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Easy entry exit feature 66 Easy entry exit feature With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards to allow easier entry into and exit from the vehicle when the driver s door is opened However the engine must be turned off When the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch or with a valid KEYLESS GO card when pressing the start stop button on the gear selector lever and if the driver s door is closed the steering wheel returns to the last position set for it Warning You must ensure that no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel with the easy entry exit feature activated and you open the driver s door or remove the electronic key from the starter switch Do not leave children unattended in P68 00 2159 26 The switch is located on the steering column adjustment lever the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause Turn the switch in direction serious personal injury 1 to switch on 2 to switch off Seats Front seat adjustment Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driv
58. inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle prevent water from entering the engine compartment or passenger compartment being ingested by the air intake possibly causing damage to electrical components or wiring to engine or transmission that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Traveling abroad Abroad there is a widely spread Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to travel into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving in countries with left hand traffic requires the headlamps to be switched over accordingly see page 368 Driving instructions 255 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Driving systems Cruise control 2 P54 25 2148 26 The cruise control allows you to drive in a more relaxed manner for example over long distances as it automatically maintains the set speed by actively regulating the throttle setting Any given speed above approximately 25 mph 40 km h can be maintained with the cruise control by operating the lever 1 Accelerate and set Lift lever briefly to set speed Hold lever up to accelerate
59. operate the vehicle Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Instruments Driving Instrument Operation and controls P cluster display 306 Malfunction and warning messages ENTRY POSITION ENTRY POSIT IO DO HOT OR IVE P54 30 4436 21 Line 1 Line 2 DO NOT DRIVE ENTRY POSITION C Category see page 303 Wait until the seat and steering wheel have moved to their driving positions The display will clear when they have done so See also page 66 for easy entry exit feature Practical hints BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST BAS JISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2097 21 Line 1 Line 2 VISIT WORKSHOP BRAKE ASSIST C Category see page 303 A malfunction has been detected in the system The brake system functions in the usual manner but without brake assist system BAS See page 275 for notes on the brake assist system BAS BRAKE PAD WEAR BRAKE FLUID BRAKE PAO WEAR fy O F UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 4446 21 Line 1 Line 2 BRAKE PAD WEAR VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 When this message appears during braking it indicates that the brake pads are worn down Have the brake system checked at your authori
60. pages 369 and 371 Car care Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Central locking system Choosing global or selective mode on remote control Press and hold transmit buttons and simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds to reprogram the remote control Battery check lamp will blink two times indicating the completed mode change Opening the trunk The trunk lid will swing open automatically You should always make sure there is sufficient clearance A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid Press transmit button until trunk lid is open i Practical hints cluster display Important Do not place remote control in trunk since trunk is locked when the lid is closed if the vehicle is centrally locked Notes If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 52 Vehicles with optional trunk lid opening closing system see page 57 The switch operated opening closing procedure can be immediately halted by pressing button on the electronic key KEYLESS GO Important For the KEYLESS GO system to function properly the operator should observe the following e The driver should carry the KEYLESS GO card with him her e To avoid radio transmission interference never store the KEYLESS GO card together with other electronic items e g cellular telephones other KEYLESS GO cards or metallic objects e g coi
61. position 2 Press the button to switch the rear passenger compartment lights on off Interior equipment 189 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Interior equipment Note The time delay for the interior light to switch off after the electronic key is removed from the starter switch can be adjusted in the individual setting menu LIGHTING INTERIOR LAMP DELAYED SHUT OFF See page 144 To prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged with doors open all interior lamps switch off after approximately 5 minutes when the electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 6 Interior lamps front Press rocker switch in to switch front interior and reading lamps on The front interior lighting stays on while the rocker switch is pressed in Switching off the front interior lighting Press rocker switch to position 4 or 5 Courtesy lighting The interior of your vehicle is equipped with various different lighting installations to help you to orient yourself better in the dark i Practical hints cluster display Entrance lamps exit lamps With exterior lamps on or electronic key in starter switch position 1 the lamps in the door trays illuminate The lights will remain on for approximately 5 minutes if the electronic key is in starter switch position 0 and exterior
62. positions position does not support the back of your head The head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror approximately at ear level positions are stored together with the seat position For steering wheel adjustment see page 105 See page 111 for notes on the memory function For inside rear view mirror see page 106 recalling a stored seat steering wheel rear view mirror exterior rear view mirrors see page 107 position see page 112 Seats 69 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Seats Instrument Operation Driving Important Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should adjust the seat height for proper vision as well as fore aft placement and backrest angle to insure adequate control reach operation and comfort The head restraint should also be adjusted for proper height See also airbag section on page 92 for proper seat positioning In addition also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the inside and outside rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rearward vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adju
63. premium unleaded gasoline CL 500 CL 55 AMG Posted Octane Index 91 Average of 96 RON 86 MON CL 600 Posted Octane Index 93 Average of 98 RON 88 MON Instrument j Practical hints cluster display Engine oil Checking oil level see instructions on pages 157 and 337 CL 500 and CL 55 AMG only Fill quantity between upper and lower dipstick marking level 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 Recommended engine oils see Approved Service Products sheet Coolant For normal replenishing use water potable water quality For further information refer to page 339 Tire pressure For tire pressure refer to tire pressure label inside the fuel filler flap See page 351 for further details Air conditioner R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant refer to Technical Data Spark plugs Approved spark plugs refer to page 397 Windshield cleaning To prevent damage to the engine hood the windshield wipers must not be folded forward in parked position See page 386 for cleaning the windshield What you should know at the gas station Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument Practical hints cluster display Bulbs Low beam Xenon high beam H7 55 W fog lamps H1 55 W turn signal lamps front 1156 NA bulb parking and standing lamps front H 6W side marker lamps front W 5 W 4 cp turn signal lamps rear 1156 NA bulb tail and parking lamp 67 4 cp tail parking and
64. rear fog lamp driver s side P 21 4 W tail parking standing and side marker lamp 67 4 cp backup lamps 1160 32 cp license plate lamps C 5 W 4 cp Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls P Mar cluster display Ha Check regularly and before a long trip 294 Check regularly and before a long trip 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system For refilling reservoir see page 340 2 Coolant level see Coolant level on page 339 3 Engine oil level see Engine oil level checking on page 157 and 337 4 Brake fluid see Brake fluid on page 401 Opening hood see page 334 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For replacement of light bulbs see Exterior lamps on page 360 Exterior lamp switch see page 159 Instrument cluster display Malfunction and indicator COOLANT coolant level 310 lamp in the center console 302 COOLANT Malfunction and indicator AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 302 coolant temperature 0 00 311 lamps in the Malfunction and LIGHTING SYSTEM ccsccsssseeee 312 EE CUS ipratatetaeet 296 warning messages in the LAMP SENSOR nasisisi 314 pea multifunction display 303 SEAT BELT SYSTEM o n 314 diagnostic system eivnbeivearseeeaxeeees 296 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE TELEPHONE FUNCTION 315 Check engine malfunction engine control unit 304 GRUTSE CONTR
65. right rear 5 Switch for rear door window override Interior equipment Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster display i Control panel on rear center console Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Opening and closing the door side windows To open press e to close press j switch to resistance point Opening rear side windows Press R switch to resistance point Closing the rear side windows Press EeN Release switch when window is in desired position Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls s gt cluster display Interior equipment 184 Express opening and closing of windows Notes Press R or RAN on the switch door side windows When opening a door window the rear side window past resistance point and release window opens or opens slightly The rear side window will close again closes completely when the closing procedure of the door window is Press on the switch rear side windows past completed resistance point and release window opens The power windows can also be opened and closed completely using the summer opening convenience feature see The rear side windows cannot be closed by the express page 44 or pressing button or Ey in the control feature panel of the automatic climate control see page 176 and 177 To interrupt procedure briefly press FAN or eed If the upward movement of the window is bl
66. seat belt may cause injury To help avoid severe or fatal injuries the lap belt should be positioned as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear Tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Instrument Operation Driving Restraint systems Operation of seat belts The inertia reel stops the belt from unwinding during sudden stops or when quickly pulling on the belt The locking function of the reel may be checked by quickly pulling out the belt Caution For safety reasons avoid adjusting the seat or seat back into positions which could affect the correct seat belt positioning Unfastening of seat belts Press release button 3 in the belt buckle 2 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate 1 cluster display Practical hints Car care Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident e Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includ
67. sliding pop up roof are closed The indicator lamp in the button lights up Switching off air recirculation and activating convenience opening of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the button is illuminated Press and hold button until the side windows and the sliding pop up roof are in the desired position The system automatically switches from air recirculation to fresh air e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above about 40 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below about 40 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if economy mode AC is selected The system switches automatically to air recirculation at high outside temperatures A quantity of outside air is added after a maximum of 30 minutes Important If the windows should fog up from the inside switch from recirculated air back to fresh air Automatic climate control Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display Activated charcoal filter An activated charcoal filter markedly reduces bad odors and removes pollutants from air entering the passenger compartment Select activated charcoal filter The indicator lamp in the J button is not illuminated Press J button briefly The indicator lamp in the button illuminates Switch off activated charcoal filter The indicator lamp in the EAJ button is illuminated Press ES button brief
68. stand please note the following With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch position 2 vehicles with KEYLESS GO operation position see page 230 the vehicle doors will lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel spin at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more Emergency unlocking in case of accident The doors unlock automatically a short time after an accident in which an airbag or emergency tensioning retractor deploys this is intended to aid rescue and exit Central locking system 51 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Central locking system Trunk P80 00 2031 26 0 Neutral position push to open arrow 1 Unlocking 2 Separate locking of trunk remove mechanical key in this position Instrument cluster display 52 Practical hints The lock is located in the license plate recess When the trunk is separately locked it remains locked when centrally unlocking the vehicle To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the electronic key less its mechanical key with the vehicle Notes In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the trunk can be unlocked individually To unlock and open the trunk lid turn mechanical key to p
69. starter switch position 2 It should go out with the engine running If the ESP warning message is displayed a malfunction has been detected in the system Only partial engine output will be available Have the ESP checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible For ESP warning message see page 309 With the ABS malfunctioning the ESP and the BAS is also switched off Driving the vehicle with varied size tires will cause the wheels to rotate at different speeds therefore the ESP may activate yellow ESP warning lamp in speedometer dial comes on For this reason all wheels including the spare wheel must have the same tire size Driving systems Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument Practical hints cluster display When testing the parking brake on a brake test dynamometer the engine must be shut off Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the ESP is only achieved with Mercedes Benz recommended M S rated radial ply tires and or snow chains Synchronizing ESP If the power supply was interrupted battery disconnected or empty the ESP warning message may be displayed with the engine running Turn steering wheel completely to the left and then to the right The ESP warning message should go out Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Driving sy
70. the cover To close Press the cover on Fuses 333 Instruments Operation Driving Sram Practical hints and controls c y PUES aa Operation Driving ns cine Practical hints and controls cluster display Engine compartment 334 Hood The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is Warning dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the To help prevent personal injury stay clear of ignition system moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Be sure the hood is properly closed e with the engine running before driving When closing hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers mL SU Sy e if ignition is on and the engine is turned The radiator fan may continue to run for manually approximately 30 seconds or even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear from fan blades If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary call a fire department To open Pull handle 2 to its stop out of radiator grill and open To unlock the hood pull release lever 1 under the hood do not pull up on the handle driver s side of the instrument panel At the same time a Note
71. the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving This means that the accuracy of the displayed temperature can only be verified by comparison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc Adaption to ambient temperature takes place in steps and depends on the prevailing driving conditions stop and go or moderate constant driving and amount of temperature change Note The unit for the temperature indicator display can be set in the individual setting menu INST CLUSTER TEMP INDICATOR see page 142 Car care Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster Speedometer 9 When the cruise control is activated the segments on the speedometer scale between the set speed to the top of the scale are illuminated Cruise control see page 256 When the Distronic DTR is activated one or two segments around the speed stored in memory light up in the speedometer dial Distronic DTR see page 259 Instrument cluster display Note The speed display is set to read out for e USA in mph e Canada in km h The unit for the speed display can be adjusted in the individual setting menu INST CLUSTER SPEEDOMETER on page 14
72. the instrument cluster ee eeeeeseeeeeeeeees 296 Warranty Coverage ei EETA 390 WASHER FLUID malfunction and warning Messages seseseessessesseesessesseeseessessesseeseesseses 326 Washing the VeEDICIE sisoresnionniari e E 382 What you should know at the gas station 291 WY INC CLS airea ENET 343 WINGS WO LUI CL 1 austin ieee aun cases A E 13 Window curtain airbags Sccse cetestiscedecsuseayacevavesssuassbeween 96 Windows SEE POWER WINGOWS cascscncareenseannndeimnin teams 183 Windshield washer system cccccccssccesseecesseeeeesees 340 WV PICO TCL INS oa a Ean 253 Winter driving instructions oo eeeseeeseeeeneeeeeees 252 Wiper blades replacing ccccssesecsseessssseseesseecesees 376 Wiper operation See Combination switch oc eeseeseeseeseeeseeeeeeees 164 Index 421 ENS TALI SINS Operation Driving LSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz site www mbusa com Warning To help avoid per
73. the system checked at a Mercedes Benz Center Notes See malfunction and warning messages on page 303 and page 320 if an engine oil level indicator appears on the multifunction display when the engine is running The engine oil level cannot be checked while the engine is running The ENGINE OIL LEVEL NOT WHEN ENGINE ON message will appear Engine oil consumption Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the break in period During the break in period higher oil consumption may be noticed and is normal Frequent driving at high engine speeds results in increased consumption Exterior lamp switch P54 25 2390 26 Ee Automatic headlamp mode see below Parking lamps also side marker lamps taillamps licence plate lamps instrument panel lamps Canada only When the engine is running the low beam is additionally switched on Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps combination switch pushed forward Exterior lamp switch Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation 159 Practical hints cluster display Z gt Standing lamps right turn left one stop Standing lamps left turn left two stops Front fog lamps pull out one stop with parking lamps and or low beam headlamps on Green indicator in lamp switch comes on Rear fog lamp pull out to second detent in addition to the front fog lamps Yellow indicator in lamp switch comes on N
74. voltage is above this value again the malfunction indicator lamp should go out and the ABS is operational Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible See page 276 for notes on antilock brake system ABS Electronic stability program ESP warning lamp The yellow ESP warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 It should go out with engine running If the ESP warning lamp remains illuminated with the engine running a malfunction has been detected in the system Only partial engine output will be available See electronic stability program ESP on page 278 if the warning lamp lights up or flashes when the vehicle is moving Malfunction and indicator lamps Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 301 cluster display Practical hints Distronic DTR warning lamp With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on and goes out with the engine running See Distronic DTR system on page 327 for possible malfunction messages Note The distance warning lamp is without a warning function on vehicles without distronic DTR Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Malfunction and indicator lamps Seat belt nonusage warning lamp With the electronic key in starter switch 4 position 2 the seat belt non
75. window 0088 388 Leather upholstery 388 Hard plastic trim items 388 Plastic and rubber parts 388 Car care LENS TUTE Operation Driving Lins TEST i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Cleaning and care of the vehicle 380 Cleaning and care of the vehicle Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle In operation your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by air polution road salt tar gravel and stone chipping Grease and oil fuel coolant brake fluid bird droppings insects tree resins etc should be removed immediately to avoid paint damage Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions for example near the ocean in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions or during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chippi
76. 0 07 O1STROWIC 140 P54 70 2195 26 With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on and goes out with the engine running If the distance sensor detects a slower vehicle moving in front your vehicle speed will be reduced by deceleration and braking of up to 20 of the vehicle braking capacity so that you follow the vehicle ahead at the preset distance see page 271 Segments in the speedometer illuminate to indicate the speed range Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 265 f Practical hints cluster display from the speed of the vehicle in front up to your vehicle s selected speed See also page 273 for notes on the multifunction displays Warning Distronic brakes up to 20 of vehicle braking power the vehicle to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically retracted as this happens Keep driver s foot area clear at all times including the area under the brake pedal Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Car care Instruments Operation Driving Dust ouient and controls cluster display Driving systems Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the speedome
77. 0 mm 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Car care Technical data CL 600 215 378 137 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 31 in 84 00 mm 3 43 in 87 00 mm 353 6 cu in 5786 cm 10 1 362 hp 5500 rpm 270 KW 5500 rpm 391 ft lb 4100 rpm 530 Nm 4100 rpm 6000 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 11 4 9 2335 mm Rims Tires Model Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Radial ply tires Winter tires Radial ply tires Spare wheel Rim light alloy Wheel offset All season tire Radial ply tire Technical data Instruments Operation and controls CL 500 CL 600 except Sport Package Vig We at Wil oe 1 81 in 46 mm 225 55 R17 97H 225 55 R17 97H M S TV RAS AZ 2 0 in 51 mm 225 55 R17 97H Driving Model Rims front axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset Rims rear axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset Radial ply tires front axle rear axle Spare wheel Rim light alloy Wheel offset All season tire Radial ply tire CL 500 CL 600 Sport Package 8 J x 18H 2 1 73 in 44 mm 9 Jx 18H2 1 81 in 46 mm 245 45 R18 96Y 275 40 R18 99Y MO 7 x17H2 1 81 in 46 mm 225 55 R17 97H Instrument 1 Also permissible 245 45 ZR18 96 Y 2 Also permissible 275 40 ZR18 96 Y MO 3 Must not be used
78. 1 HENS ITUNES Operation Driving WS Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls t 2 Interior equipment 192 Sun visors Vanity mirrors lt P68 60 2009 26 P68 00 2150 26 Swing sun visors 2 down to protect against sun glare 1 Illuminated vanity mirror If sunlight enters through a side window disengage sun With the visor engaged in its inner mounting 2 visor from the inner mounting 1 and pivot to the side the lamp 4 can be switched on by opening the and slide it to the desired position cover 3 Slide the mirror to the left or right for a normal or magnified image Fold the cover 3 down to close the vanity mirror Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Interior Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when stowing things Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the shelf below the rear window Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Interior equipment 193 Instruments and controls Instrument cluster display Operation Driving Practical hints Storage compartments and armrests Warning Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident Instruments and controls
79. 120 Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display see page 303 Trip odometer see page 119 and 124 Main odometer see page 124 Right turn signal indicator lamp see combination switch on page 164 Tachometer see page 119 Gear range indicator display see selector lever positions on page 238 Digital clock To set the time see COMAND operator s manual Antilock brake system ABS malfunction indicator lamp see page 300 High beam headlamp indicator see exterior lamp switch page 159 and combination switch page 164 Fasten seat belts see page 302 Reset button see pages 116 119 Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Instrument cluster Activating the instrument cluster display The instrument cluster is activated by e Opening the door e Pressing button on the instrument cluster e Turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 e Switching on the exterior lamps 1 The instrument cluster is activated for approximately 30 seconds Instrument cluster illumination The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit daylight lighting conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted when the vehicle s exterior lamps are switched on Instrument i Practical hints cluster display Display illumination changing basic settings for driving at dusk or in darkness Press adjusting knob 1
80. 2 Trip odometer 13 Tachometer 16 To reset to 0 miles km The red marking on the tachometer denotes excessive Activate the instrument cluster if it is not already engine speed activated by pressing the button on the instrument Avoid this engine speed as it may result in serious cluster engine damage that is not covered by the Press button or on the multifunction OTCE UPET henge nal tan eye steering wheel repeatedly until the trip odometer To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted appears if it is not displayed See page 124 if the engine is operated within the red marking Press button on the instrument cluster until the trip odometer is reset Instrument cluster 119 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 120 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display SETT HGS RESET WITH tR BUTTOH AFTER START 00135 MI 1 30H 117 MPH 10 1 HFG P54 30 4479 29 Depending on your vehicle s equipment you may use 4 Navigation system see page 134 the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to call up control and set the following systems in the DEOMI en ee Boao coe multifunction display 6 Trip computer see page 136 1 Trip odometer and main odometer see pa
81. 2 operation and 0 off The engine can be started with the starter switch in any position on operation or off as long as the gear selector lever is in position P or N and the brake Symbols on start stop button for Canada only pedal depressed See page 233 for instructions on starting and turning off the engine See page 43 for instructions on the simultaneous use of the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO function On position starter switch position 1 see page 228 Important Most electrical consumers can be operated For detailed For the KEYLESS GO system to function properly the information see respective subjects es operator should observe the following Operation driving position starter switch position 2 e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is positioned farther away see page 228 from the vehicle e g inside clothing or a briefcase All electrical consumers can be operated Gear selector the vehicle cannot be locked see page 39 or started is unlocked with the start stop button see page 234 e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is removed from the vehicle while the engine is running and a door opened or by placing the card in front of the center armrest see page 195 the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED will appear intermittent in the multifunction display see page 37 Off position electronic key removable from starter switch Most electrical consumers cannot be operated
82. 34a HEC hydrofluorocarbon as a 2 Rear window defroster see page 181 refrigerant Repairs should always be performed by a ae qualified technician and refrigerant should be collected 3 Residual engine heat utilization see page 179 in a recovery system for recycling 4 Automatic climate control on off 5 Air distribution right automatic manual operation 6 Economy mode see page 178 7 Temperature control right Automatic climate control The system is always at operational readiness except when manually switched off The automatic climate control only operates with the engine running The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting The temperature selected is reached as quickly as possible The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature The desired interior temperature and air distribution can be selected separately for the left and right side of the passenger compartment Make the temperature settings in small increments The automatic climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation in the cooling mode It is normal for water to drip on the ground through ducts in the underbody The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the economy mode AC selected see page 178 Notes The current settings Temperature Air volume AC Activated charcoal filter ON OFF are stored for each electronic key before the electro
83. 7 US qt 0 7 1 MB Brake fluid DOT 4 Cooling system CL 500 approx 12 1 US qt 11 51 MB Anticorrosion antifreeze CL55 AMG approx 12 1 US qt 11 5 1 CL 600 approx 12 7 US qt 12 0 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 399 Technical ENG TALIS Operation Driving instramed Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display data Instruments Operation Driving msitument Pa Technical and controls cluster display data Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 400 Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuel tank 23 2 US gal 88 0 1 Premium unleaded gasoline including a reserve of 2 9 US gal 11 0 1 Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON Air conditioner system R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant Never R 12 Windshield washer and 7 1 US qt 6 7 1 MB Windshield washer concentrate headlamp cleaning system 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing Follow suggested mixing ratios see page 340 Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines Therefore use only engine oils recommended by Mercedes Benz Information on recommended brands is available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Please follow Service Booklet recommendations for scheduled oil changes
84. 8 Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed 89 Supplemental restraint system SRS ccoteieescsaserdbeccecstendcs 90 Emergency tensioning r tracto AETR rirenne 91 ADA S a aea A aan 92 Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning retractor ALIS AE WA 2 osia 100 Infant and child restraint systems 102 Steering wheel adjustment 105 Rear view Mirrors cceeeeeeeeee 106 Rear view mirror automatic antiglare 106 Memory function ee eeeeeeee 111 Key dependent memory settings 0 0 ewes 113 Instrument Cluster ee eeeeeeee 114 Multifunction steering wheel Contents Operation Instruments and controls multifunction display 120 Trip and main odometer and SUD MENU eeeeeeeeeeees 124 AUdI0 SYSUOMS aiia e 126 Rad lOe 126 CD DIAVEl orn AE 127 Cassette player sseesoesnsesseesse0s0 128 MOLEDNONE recomanar en 129 Telephone book sssosesnsssneosse0se0 129 REGAINS on A 131 Incoming call 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 133 Navigation system cee eeeeeeeee 134 Distronic DTR ee eeeeteeeeees 135 Trip computer esesesesesssessessesserssesses 136 Malfunction warning message MEMOTY eeessesssesssesse 138 Individual settings eee 140 Setting the audio volume 149 Flexible service system FSS 150 Tire inflation pressure MONO oer deauseececcteaesceeess 153
85. 99 ASIA S oin aes 202 TE 4 0s aa 204 Parcel net in trunk ee 205 Cargo tie down hooks 068 206 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 206 Telephone general eeeeeee 207 Garage door opener eeeeeeees 208 Infrared reflecting windshield 212 Car care Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Central locking system Vehicle keys and KEYLESS GO cards optional Included with your vehicle are e 2 electronic keys with integrated radio frequency and infrared remote controls plus removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two electronic keys are a different color to help distinguish each individual key e Vehicles with KEYLESS GO 2 KEYLESS GO cards without removable mechanical key cluster display 28 Practical hints Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Vehicles with KEYLESS GO See page 43 on how to use the electronic key together with the KEYLESS GO card Important In the case of the loss of a KEYLESS GO card electronic keys or mechanical keys please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or
86. Actual distance to vehicle ahead Should be distance to vehicle ahead Own vehicle oN GO Ol Distance warning function is activated see page 270 Press the or button repeatedly until the required system is displayed Distronic DTR see page 259 Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Trip computer AFTER START 00123 MI4 51 03 H 73 MPH 6 17 3 MPG 7 AFTER RESET 00123 MI4 51 03 H 73 MPH 6 17 3 MPG 7 RANGE 2307 MILES P54 30 4482 27 Instrument cluster display Practical hints 136 Car care 1 AFTER START short distance memory 2 AFTER RESET long distance memory 3 RANGE estimated range remaining 4 Distance covered AFTER START or AFTER RESET Elapsed time AFTER START or AFTER RESET 6 Average speed AFTER START or AFTER RESET 7 Average fuel consumption AFTER START or AFTER RESET Ol Press the button or repeatedly until the display 1 2 or 3 appears Press the EN or Ke button until the AFTER START short distance memory 1 the AFTER RESET long distance memory 2 or the RANGE estimated range remaining indicator 3 appears Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Note The most recently selected display 1 2 or 3 always appears the n
87. Air conditioner LEMPISCLAIU sean a 401 Brake fiid wo ccc csescssseeeeeeeee 401 Premium unleaded POS OMME nnar ates eretsonass 402 Fuel requirements cceeee 402 Gasoline additives cc eee 403 Coola orea a 403 Consumer information 405 389 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Technical data Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Technical data Spare parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of original spare parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different spare parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Mercedes Benz original spare parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Mercedes Benz original spare parts should be installed Important The use of non genuine parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or compromise its durability or safety Practical hints cluster display Technical Car care data Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Informatio
88. Changing batteries esssessssesssessssessseesseeesseesssseess Distronic setih S sisne ees 271 Starting the engine cscs Driving with Distronic activated c ccscscesseesseeeeee 265 Turning off the engine seesssessessssssseessessressressresses Invalid attempts to activate ccs 263 Electronic main key Multifunction display ieccssckuns Gite 273 Synchronizing remote Control sssri Warnine AMDs OANA 301 Electronic stability program ESP DISTRONIC DTR Warnie Tan arta E E a R malfunction and warning messages eeseeeeeee 327 Emergency call DOOR See Tele Ald urennaniore A malfunction and warning messages ssesose0s000 322 Emergency engine Shut down cccccccsssscccesssreeeees Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof 375 Malfunction and warning messages ceeeeeee 309 Emergency tensioning retractor ETR eee 91 SV MEM LONIZIN S sear cent ceiniew cxcouenbacsaes 279 Emergency unlocking in case of accident 51 Express opening and closing Emission Control o eceesesessessessesessesecsessesessecstsassscseseseeees 227 OL Power WINGOWS aieo a 184 Emission control label c cescesssssssesssssesesessseseateees 392 Exterior lamp Engine compartment occ cece 334 malfunction and warning Messages s 312 Engine malfunction Exterior tamp SWIED iisi 159 CHECK ENGINE Daytime running lamp mode eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeees 161 malfunction indicator lamp c cc
89. DISTROW IC 140 1240 1240 se 260 apres 260 J P54 70 2196 26 P54 70 2195 26 When Distronic system is activated one or two If a vehicle is detected ahead those segments in the segments around the speed stored in memory light up speedometer dial light up that indicate the speed range in the speedometer dial from the speed of the vehicle in front up to the Distronic stored speed When the vehicle in front can no longer be detected only the segments around the stored speed light up The vehicle is accelerated to the stored speed Brake assist system BAS Applying the brakes very quickly results in maximum BAS assistance Warning To receive the benefit of the system you must apply BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics continuous full braking power during the stopping from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase sequence Do not reduce brake pedal pressure braking efficiency beyond that afforded by the ondaro the cde brakes and irec orihe Once the brake pedal is released the BAS is deactivated traction afforded The BAS cannot prevent i If the BAS warning message is displayed in the accidents including those resulting from excessive multifunction display a malfunction has been detected speed in turns following another vehicle too in the system The brake system functions in the usual closely or aquaplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The a a a gt capabilities of a BAS
90. DY CONTROL on page 316 for malfunction and warning messages Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Driving systems 284 Level control switch positions Normal level Normal level indicator lamps 3 4 are not Used for normal operation of the vehicle illuminated To change from raised level options I or II press lower half of switch 2 once respectively twice Speed dependent lowering of vehicle chassis approximate values Raise level option I indicator lamp 3 is illuminated between 0 mph 0 km h and 35 mph 60 km h To change from normal level press upper half 1 of none switch To change from raised level option I press lower e between 35 mph 60 km h and 85 mph 140 km h half 2 of switch lowered progressively by approx inch 11 mm Raised level option 2 indicator lamps 3 4 are illuminated To change from normal level or raised level option I press upper half 1 of switch once respectively twice Raised level option I Raised level option I This setting should be used when road surface This setting should be used when road surface conditions are rough and must be used when driving conditions are very rough for increased ground with snow chains mounted clearance Important Speed dependent lowering of vehicle chassis i approximate values Driving with snow chains requires increased space between tire and wheel h
91. E STATION SEARCH USING menu See page 147 Switch on the radio see COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until display 2 appears Press button EAN or ef repeatedly until the required station or frequency is displayed Use the EN of Ie button to select a stored station or station frequency This depends on the selection made in the STATION SEARCH USING setting menu See page 140 Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system CD player 1 Audio system is switched off 2 The CD player is switched on 3 The number of the CD currently playing is displayed if you are using a CD changer 4 Track number Switch on the CD player see COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until 2 display 2 appears CO4 3 Press the aN or RA button repeatedly until the TRACK 54 required track number 4 is displayed Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Note To select a CD from the magazine only vehicles with CD changer press a number on the COMAND system key P54 30 2187 27 pad located in the center dashboard Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 127 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints HES UIC eH Operation Driving He TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 128 Cassette player TAPE SID
92. E 13 P54 30 2186 27 1 Audio system is switched off 2 The cassette player is switched on 3 Side being played Switch on the cassette player see COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until display 2 appears Pressing the J button fast forwards on to the next track Pressing the BY button rewinds the cassette to the beginning of the current track Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Notes To select the reverse side of the tape enter request on the COMAND system located in the center dashboard To eject the inserted tape press EJT on the COMAND system located in the center dashboard Telephone 1 The telephone is switched off Telephone book 2 The vehicle is currently outside the transmitter or receiver range The telephone is ready for use Name selected from the telephone book TEL MILLER Number for the name selected Dialing commences Oo A Q Dialing is completed The name is displayed The display remains for the duration of the call 7 Memory location number P54 30 2864 27 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 129 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 130 The telephone and COMAND system must be switch
93. ESP warning lamp come on with the engine running If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the ABS is switched off When the voltage is above this value again the malfunction indicator lamp should go out and the ABS is operational Driving systems Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument f Practical hints cluster display If the ABS malfunction indicator lamp stays illuminated have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Warning ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or aquaplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Note To alert following vehicles to slippery road conditions you discover operate your hazard warning flashers as appropriate Car care Pistuments Operation Driving suument Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 278 Electronic stability program E
94. If the cruise control cancels by itself and remains inoperative until the engine is restarted have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Driving systems Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Practical hints cluster display 4 Resume If the lever is briefly pushed to position 4 when driving at a speed exceeding approx 25 mph 40 km h the vehicle resumes the speed which was Set prior to the cancellation of the cruise control The selected speed is shown for approx 5 seconds in the multifunction display and the corresponding speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illuminated The last memorized speed is canceled when the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or 0 Important Moving gear selector lever to position N switches the cruise control off PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 258 Warning Only use the cruise control if the traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire adhesion can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Res
95. J After unlocking the vehicle with the electronic key during darkness the fog lamps and parking lamps switch on for a approximately 40 seconds The exterior lamps will be switched off when opening the driver s door To activate the function see the individual setting menu LIGHTING LOCATOR LIGHTING on page 144 P 4 25 2391 26 Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure water jet when you press the headlamp washer button 1 See page 340 for instructions on filling up the windshield headlamp washer reservoir Exterior lamp switch 163 Instrument Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Combination switch 164 Combination switch 3 High beam flasher high beam available independent of exterior lamp switch position 4 Turn signals right 5 Turn signals left To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes on a highway move combination switch briefly to the point of resistance only and release The turn signals blink three times To operate the turn signals continuously move the combination switch past the point of resistance up or down The switch is automatically canceled when the steering wheel is turned to a large enough degree P54 25 2388 26 1 Low beam Turn signal failure exterior lamp switch posi
96. L DRIVE CAREFULLY appears do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h The vehicle driving characteristics are changed due to a noticeably softer suspension In this case visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Do not continue to drive if loss of hydraulic fluid or leaks are noticed Doing so could result in subsequent damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 3 The ABC is defective Stop the vehicle 4 The capability of the system is restricted Press upper half of level control switch see page 283 system selects raised level mode Important The vehicle chassis is raised depending on the kind of defect When the message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL VISIT Important WORKSHOP appears do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as The wheels may not have sufficient clearance when the possible steering wheel is turned beyond a certain angle if the ACTIVE BODY CONTROL STOP CAR TOO LOW message appears The front fenders will be damaged if the steering wheel is turned too far Watch and listen for scraping noises Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Malfunction and warning messages 317 Instrument ENS TALI SINS Operation Driving Practical hints and controls cluster display moument Operation Driving uneni Practical hints and controls cluster display Malfunction and warn
97. O t D and controls ae la cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 322 KEY DOOR REPLACE KEY DOOR UPEH MISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2449 21 P54 30 2245 21 REPLACE KEY VISIT WORKSHOP DOOR OPEN AUTOM LIGHT ON REMOVE KEY C Category see page 303 C Category see page 303 1 Key needs possibly to be replaced HOOD HOOD OPEH Line 1 Line 2 HOOD OPEN C Category see page 303 See page 334 for hood Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 P54 30 4444 21 TELE AID TELE HID SOS UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 3347 21 Line 1 Line 2 TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP 1 The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and manual emergency roadside assistance and information With this message displayed one or more functions may not be available See page 216 for notes on the Tele Aid If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible 323 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Malfunction and warning messages CHIP CARD KEYLESS GO CHIP CARO i CHECK BATTERY P54 30 2109 21 CHIP CARD CHECK BATTERY 2 CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED 1 CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED 2 CHIP CARD STILL IN VEHICLE 1 CHIP CARD DO NOT FORGET 1 C Category see page 303 Instrum
98. OL 315 indicator lamp cceeseeseeeeees 296 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE ACHE ODY OOL AEEA Brake warning lamp 1 298 several Systems vv 304 ABC T Supplemental BATTERY ALTERNATOR 305s TIRE PRESSURE 318 Tenar ystorm ENTRY POSITION ouussssesssssssseeee 306 ENGINE OILIEVEL e a Be MOI AOT AMD easiest 29 BRAKE ASSIST cnici E Bea a ie Fuel reserve warning seese 299 BRAKE PAD WEAR 307 a a ABS malfunction a e tie or O 3 indicator lamp eeeeseeseeeeees 300 DOOR rro 322 Electronic stabilityprogram PARRING DR AR E eeri 200 HOO Dear a E 323 ESP warning lamp sss 301 TRUNK OPEN ssssseesssssssseseeee S00 1610 10 eana 323 Distronic DTR ELEC STABIL PROG WASHER FLUID nasisiraan 326 warning lamp eeseeseseeseeseeeeee 301 Electronic stability program 309 PISTRONIC DTR ea 327 Seat belt nonusage warning lamp seessseseseesssessssese 302 Contents Instrument cluster display 295 Instruments 0 nore Instrument peration Driving Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Malfunction and indicator lamps Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster General information If a bulb in the instrument cluster fails to light up during the bulb self check when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 have it checked and replaced if necessary Emission control Certain systems of the e
99. Pile PE QUIGIMMENUS serorei E NNA 402 Removal and installation ssessseesssssssssseeeesseessssesee 71 Fuel reserve warnine socisccnconiorir ai ae 299 Headlamp adjustment A A cone te 360 Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 399 Headlamp cleaning system ccceecescceeteeeseeeneeeeeeees 163 Puse DOR senare N Aneaasseesanceusetuseesocees 331 Headlamp mode sesscrsrsseesersssesserennnnscescerennnscnesereen 160 Paes lect ical aa a netunanede tien 331 Heade US anca aan NT 159 Heateo eao sen A 76 High beams See combination switch eeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeesssssssssssse 164 TOO Oe peas Ratha hha atte oR akon athe tock oie 334 Mmstument lamps senisiarieu e 116 HOOD Instruments and controls eeseeseeessesesesseseessssseessssseeesssss 18 malfunction and warning messages sesseesse0 323 Interior Genera NOTES anerian e a a 193 I Eror WS IVEY cases a0 cose cwarertods a a 189 Identification labels 0 ee secsscssscsscsssssesesssssnseees 391 J Illuminated vanity MITOLS eee csseceesteceeeteeeeseeees 192 Indicator lamps a EA terre enn TONE InTime Tene A irre arn nr on eee 342 in the instrument Cluster ssssevessssersseseeeee 114 296 UNI SRA CIS ii a E E 355 NAVY VATS CUCU INS aeneon a 140 INST CLUSTER Instrument Cluster 142 PAT FLAMING gern a e i 144 K MERIC EE rasus aia a misses 147 Infant and child restraint systems cc eeeeeseeees 102 Key dep
100. Q v eet A a Y e N 0 te b 17 lt Ze A Me 9 E i Locking the vehicle with the door lock button 1 is only possible if a KEYLESS GO card is outside the vehicle P80 00 2013 26 Locking Press lock button 1 at either door All turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked If they do not blink three times a door or trunk is not properly closed or the KEYLESS GO card is still in the vehicle Check the multifunction display see page 324 Notes If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 52 The vehicle cannot be centrally unlocked via the trunk lid lock 2 To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of the rear shelf or inside the trunk P80 20 2251 26 Unlocking Press trunk lid lock 2 to open trunk only Locking Press the trunk lid lock button 3 All turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked If they do not blink three times a door or trunk is not properly closed or a KEYLESS GO card is still in the vehicle Check the multifunction display see page 324 Central locking system 41 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking syste
101. REPLACE AIR CLEAHER UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 4558 21 REPLACE AIR CLEANER VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 smeni Operation Driving ann Practical hints and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 326 WASHER FLUID When this message appears while the engine is running the level of the reservoir has dropped to approximately of the total volume The reservoir WASHER FLUID should be refilled with the prescribed mixture of MB ou Windshield washer concentrate and water or the Hy concentrate and commercially available premixed F windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperature at the next opportunity The CHECK LEWEL reservoir for the windshield and headlamp washer P54 30 2181 21 systems is located in the engine compartment See windshield and headlamp washer system on page 340 for instructions on topping up the washer WASHER FLUID CHECK LEVEL fluid Line 1 Line 2 C Category see page 303 DISTRONIC DTR 1 Due to the presence of electro magnetic radiation the system is presently unavailable After a short period of time try to activate the system again DISTROW IC MALFUNCTION CLEAH SEMSOR SEE OWHER S MAH Line 1 DISTRONIC EXTERNAL MALFUNCTION DISTRONIC MALFUNCTION CLEAN SENSOR DISTRONIC SPEEDTRONIC C Category see page 303 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation and controls P Driving
102. SP Important If the ESP warning lamp flashes Warning e During take off apply as little throttle as possible ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the e While driving ease up on the accelerator traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns or aquaplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents Do not switch off the ESP The capabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous e Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or Caution the safety of others If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised see page 357 towing the vehicle the engine must be shut The ESP enhances directional control and reduces off electronic key in starter switch position 0 or 1 driving wheel spin of the vehicle under various driving Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and conditions will apply the rear wheel brakes Over understeering of the vehicle is counteracted by applying brakes to the appropriate wheel to create a countervailing vehicle movement Engine torque is also limited The ESP warning lamp located in the speedometer dial starts to flash when ESP is in operation Notes The yellow ESP warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on with the electronic key in
103. SS GO card with you and lock your vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 44 Opening and closing windows and sliding pop up roof from outside summer opening convenience feature Aim transmitter eye of remote control at a door receiver Summer opening Operation with electronic key The sliding pop up roof and all side windows can be opened and the driver s seat ventilation automatically switches on See page 79 for seat ventilation Continue to press transmit button after unlocking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to open after approximately 1 second The driver s seat ventilation automatically switches on See page 79 for seat ventilation To interrupt opening procedure release transmit button Convenience feature Operation with electronic key The sliding pop up roof and the side windows can be closed Continue to press transmit button after locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately 1 second To interrupt closing procedure release transmit button Ensure that all side windows and the sliding pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Warning Never operate the windows or sliding pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the ope
104. Sliding OP WP FOOL saa 186 See Starter SWItCH oooocooocooooccocococooococeccceccccc 228 230 Emergency Opera TON sane inte taaschensiveandaesoseatoen 375 Steering wheel Opening and closing ss ssssssssssssssrssersersssssssresressessersn 44 Easy entry exit feature ssssssssessssssssssceesssssssstesessssss 66 SY OCITONIZING antics aA iow 188 Storage compartment SIVOW CHAINS iora ae E a E theless tel teuisiate 251 Trunk flOOP ooooooocoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooeoooo 341 SOS call l Storage compartment in the SEE Tele NIT aora R EEA eC 216 rear passenger compartment esseseessesesssesessesesee 198 Spare WEE sei a a diedseedtouicolt 344 Storage compartments and armrests ccccccccccccccececee 193 Spare wheel vehicle tools Center Console seina N 195 storage COmMpartMent ereersereersernrersrenneenterntenserans 341 GIOVO DOK rror na e AO 194 Special settings Storing mirror positions s sesesseseseesesseseseeseressessesesese 107 Automatic climate control eeessessessessesssessessessses 174 Smas 192 O P EEE EENE PE EEE A 299 Supplemental restraint system SRS cccccsssssseeeeceeeeeee 90 SRS malfunction essesstsetsestestesesseeseeseesenseestesenstesteet 92 Synchronizing remote Control ennonn 371 Standby DUD TUNCIION cerura anaE 367 Index Instruments and controls T CULO MMe eI T 119 OCMC Al Ca als scaseseoiesrnsismed steeaseantecouuetegnenissebease camila 394 ICCTA ll Sy SUC sesvesescelessscoentesniveassaoeeecdvseenanela
105. The menu LIGHTING see page 144 SETTINGS is reset to factory settings acknowledged by display 5 VEHICLE see page 147 a l n l l The individual setting preliminary display 1 will Pressing the or button displays the next or appear if you do not press the button within PICMOUSe yore about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset Notes These settings may only be performed with the Note electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 For safety reasons the individual setting LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP in menu cannot be reset while driving see page 144 If an attempt is made the message LIGHTING CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING will be displayed Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 141 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display INST CLUSTER Instrument Cluster SETT I HGS INST CLUSTER LIGHT IHG VEHI CLE SETT HGS RESET WITH ck BOTTOH Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care 142 WOULD VOU LIKE SETT1HGS FOR HSTRUMENTS TEMP IHOICATOR RESET TO COHF IRM a PRESS RESET tR BUTTON IMSTRUMEHT CLUSTER SETTINGS TO FACTORY SETT I HGS SPEEDOMETER MILES kM P54 30 4484 29 1 Preliminary display of the individual settin
106. The vehicle doors trunk and fuel filler flap can be centrally locked and unlocked via remote control 1 Transmit button Opening and closing the windows and sliding pop up Locking roof and switching on the driver s seat ventilation can Unlockin only be done with the infrared portion of the remote Ms 8 control Aim transmitter eye at a receiver 6 or 7 press Opening trunk if not separately locked and hold transmit button or IAM see page 44 With vehicle centrally locked the trunk can also be opened by using the remote control 2 Lamp for battery check see page 369 for changing batteries if it does not light up briefly If the electronic key is inserted in starter switch the 3 PANIC button vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked and the trunk lid 4 Transmitter eye cannot be opened with the remote control 5 Locking tab for mechanical key Central locking system 33 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Central locking system a ee N co 1 b D Lg IA A IA P80 30 2120 26 P80 30 2121 26 6 Infrared receiver in driver s door handle 7 Infrared receiver in passenger door handle Locking and unlocking with remote control Unlocking Press transmit button E9 All turn signal lamps blink once to indicate that the vehicle is unlocked The remote control ca
107. To cancel Distronic briefly push lever to position 3 The last set speed remains stored in memory 4 Resume e If the lever is briefly pulled to position 4 when driving at a speed above approx 25 mph Canada 40 km h the vehicle resumes the speed which was selected prior to the cancellation of Distronic e For minor increases of speeds in increments of 2 P54 25 2148 26 1 mph Canada 1 km h briefly pull lever to position 4 The speed stored in memory is displayed in the multifunction display and one or two segments around the stored speed light up in the speedometer dial see page 274 The last memorized speed is canceled when the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or 0 1 Accelerate and set To increase the speed by 5 mph Canada 10 km h briefly lift lever up 2 Decelerate and set To reduce the speed by 5 mph Canada 10 km h briefly depress lever Driving systems 261 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Driving systems Activation of Distronic P54 70 2194 26 Any given speed above approximately 25 mph Canada 40 km h can be maintained e Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the accelerator Instrument cluster display Practical hints 262 Car care Speed is set by briefly moving the control lever to
108. Towaway Glan suites AR A 64 TOWINS the VENICIC lt 5 csscc recs adeckcicancatsvedescesasecdexeadenedeaseeties 357 Trans MISSION erecode oe eae AN ER 239 Traveline a DrTOa setna ORO LOTA 255 Tip conpal o e a OREA 136 TPOMOEA 119 TUNK sorena A A ANE 92 OPENDE nna e T E RE 36 P wer closine assist usne ie NA 49 R l dse switte h snesen deel owas E EUR 56 Rel ase close System annainne lsicsediiuees 57 Trunk lid closing feature e eeoeeooeesoesesseeeesseessseessse 54 Car care Instruments and controls Index Instrument Practical hints Operation Driving E a 420 Ponk Tampane N 59 Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built prior to September 2001 60 Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built September 2001 and later l Trunk lid release switch sesseseessosessesseseesseseeseesessessess 56 TRUNK OPEN malfunction and warning messages eeeeeeeee 308 Tons enale ea E 164 TUMS al Srn e TE 164 Turning off the engine Feco ensein ana S 233 KEYLESS GO eaen 234 U Unlocking the vehicle with KE VEE SS GO COT a E N 39 Unlocking the vehicle with PEMO CONTON zirenn a a 35 V NAD O TOTS arint A duncwseneseuaides 192 VEHICLE See individual settings pernccyuccensnebaeetecenenumnein 147 AE ACK E E A E E EE E 342 NCMICIGRKOVS aniona eae etacseaiues 28 NVEDICIE 1001S auina ANAT eae 341 Venulated SEATS ae ONS 79 Ww Warning lamps See Malfunction and indicator lamps in
109. Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Headliner and shelf below rear window Clean with soft bristle brush or use a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Instrument Practical hints cluster display Car care Leather upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Hard plastic trim items Pour Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Plastic and rubber parts Do not use oil or wax on these parts Technical data Spare parts service eeeseeeeseeees 390 Warranty coverage cseceeseesseeeees 390 Identification labels eee 391 Layout of poly V belt drive 393 TECHNICAL data isene 394 Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 399 EMCINC GUS esasan 401 Contents Technical data Instruments and controls Operation Driving Engine oil additives 6 401
110. YLESS GO cards e by pressing the driver s side mirror button J vehicles with KEYLESS GO Exterior rear view mirrors electrically folding The buttons are located on the driver s door Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 1 Push button briefly to fold both exterior rear view mirrors out 2 Push button briefly to fold both exterior rear view mirrors in Rear view mirrors Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster display Important If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear it must be repositioned manually by applying firm pressure until it snaps back into place If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front press button 2 to fold mirrors in then press button 1 to fold mirrors out Do not force mirror by hand Before running the vehicle through an automatic car wash fold mirrors in otherwise they might get damaged Note The exterior rear view mirrors can vibrate if they are not completely folded out Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Rear view mirrors Driver s side exterior rear view mirror antiglare mode Antiglare mode With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the mirror reflection brightness responds to changes in light sensitivity With the gear selector lever in position R or with the
111. ab 3 in direction of right arrow and remove mechanical key 4 left arrow Checking batteries If one of the transmit buttons 1 is pressed the battery check lamp 2 lights up briefly indicating that the batteries are in order Change batteries if the battery check lamp 2 does not light up briefly Electronic key 369 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Electronic key 370 P80 35 2025 26 P80 35 2027 26 Insert mechanical key 4 in side opening 5 to open Change batteries 7 inserting new ones under contact latch Press briefly do not use mechanical key as lever spring 8 with plus side facing up to release battery compartment Return battery compartment into housing until locked Remove mechanical key from side opening in place and slide mechanical key back into electronic Carefully remove battery compartment in direction of KOY arrow 6 Important Synchronizing remote control Batteries contain materials that can harm the The remote control may have to be resynchronized if environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked batteries is the preferred method of disposal For disposal please follow manufacturer s recommendation on battery package The remote control should once again be operatio
112. ability program ESP aa ss aaseessnebectocanacaneets 278 Active body control ABC 282 Level control system ce 283 Parking assist Parktronic 0 eeeeeeeseeeseeeees 286 What you should know at the gas station ee 291 Check regularly and before a long trip ee 294 Contents 4 Instrument cluster display Malfunction and ACTIVE BODY CONTROL warning messages in the ABO reana Sor neice ne aerage 316 Malfunction and indicator multifunction display 00 303 TIRE PRESSURE vsesssessssssseseeee 318 amps ILE DISPLAY DEFECTIVE ENGINE OIL LEVEL 40200 320 instrument cluster sig dieisie sie Biss AAA 296 engine control unit Sr eden etl 304 SEAT BACKREST ree 371 ee opare DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 625 Gene enn ere vr re 322 diagnostic system 0 296 several systems ou 304 DOOR 327 Check engine malfunction BATTERY ALTERNATOR 305 H00D 323 indicator lamp ceeseeseeeeees 296 ENTRY POSITION 306 eee ads ao Brake warning lamp Ditty alent 298 cecocooooocococococooooooocoooooooooo BRAKE ASSIST sennennisserians 306 WASHER FLUID 326 Supplemental Cec cccccccccccccccccccoce BRAKE PAD WEAR Coccccccccccccccccce 307 DISTRO IC DTR 327 restraint system INIG DUR nip ee BRAKE FLUID cccstseseesees 307 SRS indicator lamp 299 PARKING BRAKE 308 i Fuel reserve warning Te E a ad Practical hints ABS malunction TRUNK OPEN ccssscendvcndecsucessn
113. action Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect We therefore recommend depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads This can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal A prerequisite is however that this be done without endangering other drivers on the road Practical hints cluster display 252 Car care If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed while observing the safety rules in the previous paragraph Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind Winter driving Have your vehicle winterized at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center before the onset of winter e Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for winter operation For viscosity SAE CCMC class and filling quantity see page 401 e Check engine coolant anticorrosion antifreeze concentration e Additive for the windshield wash
114. advertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of the rear shelf or inside the trunk Trunk lamp The trunk lamp will switch off after approximately 10 minutes if the trunk lid is left open Car care Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Central locking system 56 Trunk lid release switch Vehicles without trunk lid opening closing system P54 25 2170 26 The switch is located on the driver s door Practical hints The trunk lid will swing open automatically You should always make sure there is sufficient clearance A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid To open the trunk the vehicle must be at standstill Pull up on switch until trunk lid is open The indicator lamp in the switch remains on with trunk lid open Notes The trunk can also be opened by using the remote control Press button The trunk lid cannot be opened by the switch or the remote control when previously locked separately with the mechanical key To open see page 52 The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch when the vehicle was previously locked with the remote control To unlock vehicle with the remote control see page 33 Trunk lid opening closing system optional Al P54 25 2393 26 The switch is located on the driver s door The trunk lid
115. ailable from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags there is the possibility of abrasions or other injuries resulting from airbag deployment Restraint systems 101 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Restraint systems 102 Infant and child restraint systems We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoulder belts except the driver seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To activate pull shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During the seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The belt is now locked To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual manner Note For child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages refer to page 104 installation of infant and child restraint systems Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Important The use ofinfant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states and al
116. aked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it cools down Car care Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Malfunction and warning messages LIGHTING SYSTEM LOW BEAM F CHECK LAMPS P54 30 4439 21 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 2 TURN SIGNAL LR 2 TURN SIGNAL RR 2 C Category see page 303 312 Practical hints Line 1 TURN SIGNAL IN MIRROR L TURN SIGNAL IN MIRROR R TURN SIGNAL LF TURN SIGNAL RF BRAKE LIGHT BRAKE LAMP L BRAKE LAMP R 3RD BRAKE LAMP HIGH BEAM L HIGH BEAM R LICENSE PLATE LAMP L LICENSE PLATE LAMP R FRONT FOG LAMPS L Line 2 Q CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO VISIT WORKSHOP NO CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO CHECK LAMPS NO TURN OFF LAMPS CHECK LAMPS NO arene Line 1 FRONT FOGLAMP R REAR FOGLAMP REVERSE LAMP L REVERSE LAMP R TAIL LAMP L TAIL LAMP R STANDING LAMP L STANDING LAMP R Line 2 CHECK LAMPS CHECK LAMPS CHECK LAMPS
117. al badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger airbag cover door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between airbags and occupants free from objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Practical hints 100 Car care Do not pass belts over sharp edges Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts Do not use handles or coat hooks above doors and rear windows for placing such items as coat hangers etc An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated Do not touch Improper work on the system including incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unintended activation of the SRS In addition through improper work there is a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended airbag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give others when scrapping the airbag unit or notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with emergency tensioning retractor our safety an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in instructions must be followed These the Operator s Manual instructions are av
118. al hints Use only those roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow manufacturer s installation instructions Only mount roof racks on the retrofitted mounting points see arrows Mounting a roof rack requires a one time installation of take up points Note Please observe that the roof does not interfere with the operation of the sliding pop up roof and that there is sufficient clearance between the roof rack and the trunk lid in the full open position Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Power washer Tar Stains oo eee ee Paintwork painted body components Engine cleaning Vehicle washing Contents Vehicle care Instruments Operation and controls P Ornamental moldings 383 Headlamps taillamps turn signal lenses eee 383 cecococoooooooooo 380 Cleaning the Distronic PSSS 381 system Sensor eeesssssseeessseeesseeeeeee OOF PE 382 Cleaning the parktronic SYSTEM Sensors cceessseceeesseees 384 a i 382 Wiper blades ou eeeseeteeesrees OOO seseeseeneesnen 382 Light alloy wheels 386 coeeneeseesneen 382 Instrument cluster 0 387 379 Driving uon i Practical hints cluster display Steering wheel and gear selector lever sesesseeesese 387 CUP DOIE aoina 387 SCAU DES sopoia a 388 Headliner and shelf below rear
119. ance between card and doors or trunk is approximately 3 ft 1 m Check the location of the KEYLESS GO card see page 37 Check the batteries of the KEYLESS GO card see page 372 The trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is detected in the trunk see page 38 Note If neither the remote control nor KEYLESS GO system functions use the mechanical key to unlock or lock the vehicle To start engine insert the electronic key in the starter switch There could be a slight delay until the electronic key can be turned in the starter switch Important When unlocking the driver s door with the mechanical key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound To cancel the alarm e insert the electronic key in the starter switch e press button or on the electronic key or e vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear Selector lever Central locking system Radio frequency and infrared remote control The electronic key has an integrated radio frequency and infrared remote control Due to the extended operational range of the remote control it could be possible to unintentionally lock or unlock the vehicle by pressing the transmit button If one of the transmit buttons is pressed the battery check lamp lights up briefly indicating that the batteries are in order See page 369 for checking batteries P80 35 2032 26
120. and controls P Driving Instrument cluster display Practical hints Lift trunk floor and engage handle in upper edge of trunk Always lower trunk floor before closing trunk lid To remove the spare wheel Take out the vehicle tool kit tray Turn the luggage bowl counterclockwise and remove the spare wheel To store spare wheel Place spare wheel in wheel well and secure it with luggage bowl Turn luggage bowl clockwise to its stop Place vehicle tool kit tray in luggage bowl Car care Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Jack Jack J S To prepare the jack for use P58 10 2001 26 Remove the jack from the spare wheel well under the trunk floor push the crank handle up and turn clockwise until it engages operational position 342 Practical hints Car care Storing the jack in the trunk Retract the jack arm to the base of the jack push the crank handle up and turn counterclockwise to the end of the stop storage position Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either side of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack
121. and unlocking with KEYLESS GO card Unlocking Grasp either door handle All turn signal lamps blink once to indicate that the vehicle is unlocked The KEYLESS GO card can be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes see below Selective unlocking mode Grasp driver s door handle to unlock driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasping the passenger door centrally unlocks the vehicle Global unlocking mode Grasp either door handle to unlock both doors fuel filler flap and trunk For choosing global or selective mode on KEYLESS GO card see page 42 Central locking system Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display Notes The door which was unlocked can be opened immediately after the audible click The other door can be opened after its lock button rises up If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 52 The presently active unlocking mode selective or global can be determined by pressing the button on the KEYLESS GO card see page 42 for changing mode If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the KEYLESS GO card neither door nor trunk is opened the electronic key is not inserted in the starter switch or the central locking switch is not activated the vehicle will automatically lock Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Central locking system N
122. approx position 0 for an extended period of time it can no 9 mph 15 km h or more longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove electronic key To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking from starter switch and reinsert deactivate the automatic central locking This can be adjusted in the individual setting menu VEHICLE AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK See page 144 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts Note The selector lever will remain locked in position P and the electronic key cannot be turned in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged See battery on page 352 or jump starting on page 355 Towing the vehicle 357 ENG TALIS Operation Driving nS IE INSET Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Towing the Instrument Operation Driving cluster display vehicle P88 20 2053 26 Cover on right side of front bumper To remove cover Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal threaded hole for towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in trunk in spare wheel Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover Fit cover and snap into place Practical hints 358
123. approx 32 F 0 C then the adjusted air pressure specified air pressure 3 psi 0 2 bar Tires Wheels Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster display Tire pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort Increased inflation pressures for heavy loads produce favorable handling characteristics with lighter loads and are perfectly permissible The ride of the vehicle however will become somewhat harder Tire temperature and pressure increase with the vehicle speed Tire pressure should therefore only be checked and corrected on cold tires Correct tire pressure in warm tires only if pressure has dropped below the pressure listed in the table and the respective operating conditions are taken into consideration An underinflated tire due to a slow leak e g due to a nail in the tire may cause damage such as tread separation bulging etc Regular tire pressure checks including the spare tire at intervals of no more than 14 days are therefore essential If a tire constantly loses air it should be inspected for damage Practical hints Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Tires Wheels The spare tire should be checked periodically for condition and inflation Spare tire will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Warning Do not overinflate tires Overi
124. arning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned COOLANT coolant temperature COOLANT maa bo s STOP ENGINE OFF P54 30 2141 21 Line 1 Line 2 COOLANT STOP ENGINE OFF COOLANT VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 1 This may indicate that the poly V belt has broken Should this condition occur the poly V belt must be replaced before continuing to operate the vehicle Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 2 The cooling fan for the coolant is faulty Observe the coolant temperature gauge See page 117 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to the red marking The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature in the red zone Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have le
125. ays be kept sufficiently charged in order to last an optimum length of time Therefore we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently and corrected if necessary especially if you use the vehicle less than approximately 200 miles 300 km per month mostly for short distance trips or if it is not used for long periods of time Only charge a battery with a battery charger after the battery has been disconnected from the vehicle s electrical circuit Always disconnect the battery negative lead first and connect last When removing and connecting the battery always make sure that all electrical consumers are off and the electronic key is in starter switch position 0 The battery its filler caps the vent tube and the opposite plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation 353 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Operation Driving ts Operation Driving LENS LONE Practical hints and controls cluster display Battery 354 While the engine is running the battery terminal clamps Battery recycling must not be loosened or detached otherwise the generator and other electronic components would be damaged Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment with improper disposal Large 12 Volt storage batteries contain lead Note Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of The selector lever will remain locked in position P and disposal
126. be reset while g driving If an attempt is made the message Press the button in the instrument cluster for LIGHTING CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESET TO approximately 3 seconds Display 8 will appear FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING will be e Press the button once more The menu displayed LIGHTING is reset to factory settings acknowledged by display 9 The individual setting display SETTINGS 2 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset VEHICLE audio and central locking system WOULD VOU LIKE SETT I HGS SETTI HGS INST CLUSTER FOR VEHICLE LIGHT IHG JEH I CLE RESET TO_ COHF IF PRESS RESET CRI M BUT TOM VEHICLE 1 SETT I HGS STATION SEARCH SETTINGS TO FACTORY FREQUENCY al id SETTINGS MEMORY RESET WITH Ra BUTTOH AUTOMATIC DOOF LOCK P54 30 4486 29 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 147 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings 2 SETTINGS the menu VEHICLE can be called up in this option menu 3 Selection marker Pressing button or E on the multifunction steering wheel controls the selection marker 4 STATION SEARCH USING radio adjustment
127. ble to set the parking brake whenever Warning parking or leaving the vehicle In addition move To reduce the risk of personal injury as a result of selector lever to position P vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always When parking on hills always set the parking brake 1 Keep right foot on service brake pedal Firmly depress parking brake pedal Move the selector lever to position P Slowly release service brake pedal Turn front wheels towards the road curb Turn the electronic key to starter switch position 0 and remove or press start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO 7 Take the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO card vehicles with KEYLESS GO and lock vehicle when leaving Tires Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the roadway Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have it towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately in 1 5 mm at which point the tire is c
128. buyers of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one ore more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair and have given us a direct opportunity to perform a repair ourselves 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us of the need for its repair and given us the opportunity to repair ourselves or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calender days
129. c which could result in wrong or missing distance warnings See page 267 for additional driving hints Distronic settings e Decrease distance turn thumbwheel 2 towards BFA Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance To switch the distance warning function on or off To switch on press upper half of switch 1 The indicator lamp in the switch lights up If the P54 70 2127 26 Distronic menu is active in the multifunction display a loudspeaker symbol appears 1 Switch for distance warning function To switch off press lower half of the switch 1 2 Thumbwheel for setting distance The indicator lamp in the switch goes out If the Distronic menu is active in the multifunction display Distronic provides a range of following distances to the the loudspeaker symbol disappears vehicle in front The medium setting is noticeable by a See page 270 for distance warning function and detent in the center position of the thumbwheel 2 page 273 for multifunction displays If you want to e Increase distance turn thumbwheel 2 towards BEA Driving systems 271 LPS TLIC Operation Driving instramed Practical hints and controls cluster display Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Driving s
130. call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada as soon as possible to have the keys or KEYLESS GO card deactivated Electronic key When using the mechanical key 2 for lock operations it can be removed by sliding it out of the remote control To do so move locking tab 3 to the right and slide the mechanical key 2 in direction of arrow 4 The remote control transmitter is located in the electronic key The infrared receivers are located in the door handles Note Remove the mechanical key from the electronic key when using valet parking service To prevent access to trunk or storage compartments lock them separately and retain the mechanical key P80 35 2031 26 See page 52 for separate locking of trunk and page 194 The electronic key has an integrated radio frequency for locking of glove box and infrared remote control plus removable mechanical key The remote control 1 operates all locks on the vehicle The mechanical key 2 works only in the driver s door trunk and storage compartment locks Central locking system 29 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Central locking system KEYLESS GO card P80 30 2029 26 The KEYLESS GO card 1 does not have a removable mechanical key The functions of the KEYLESS GO card 1 are identical to those of the electro
131. cator lamp in the SOS button does not illuminate during or remains illuminated after the system self check or if the message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP appears in the multifunction display have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Tele Aid 225 Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Operation Practical hints Driving smeni Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints and controls cluster display Catalytic converter 226 Catalytic converter Warning Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type As with any vehicle do not idle park or operate catalytic converters an important element in this vehicle in areas where combustible materials conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact substantial control of the pollutants in the exhaust with the hot exhaust system as these materials emissions Keep your vehicle in proper operating could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire condition by following our recommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Service Booklet Caution To prevent damage to the catalytic converters use only premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat which could start a fire Emission control
132. cel Press the fajj button in the control panel of the automatic air conditioner The indicator lamp in the button goes out Notes Heavy accumulation of snow and ice should be removed before activating the defroster Automatic climate control Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument Practical hints cluster display The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum turn off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is automatically turned off after approximately 6 17 minutes of operation depending on the outside temperature and vehicle speed If several power consumers are turned on simultaneously or the battery is only partially charged it is possible that the defroster will automatically turn itself off When this happens the indicator lamp inside the switch starts blinking As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the defroster automatically turns itself back on Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls t 2 cluster display Automatic climate control 182 Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 1 Center air outlet left 2 Center air outlet right 3 Air volume control for center air outlets To open Turn the wheel to the left Power windows P54 25 2298 The control panel is located on the driver s door Switches for 1 left front 2 right front 3 left rear A
133. ch 161 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Exterior lamp switch Night security illumination Turn exterior lamp switch to position A At low ambient light conditions and with the engine having been turned off the exterior lamps fog lamps and parking lamps switch on for added illumination After the last door has been closed the lamp on time period commences To activate the function see the individual setting menu LIGHTING HEADLAMPS DELAYED SHUT OFF on page 144 The lamp on time period for night security illumination can be set at several different timed levels from 0 off to 60 seconds i Practical hints cluster display Note Within 10 minutes after closing the last door the night security illumination can be reactivated by opening a door If after switching the engine off no doors are opened or if after opening the doors they are not closed the night security illumination will switch off after approximately 60 seconds Deactivating night security illumination temporarily Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 0 then to position 2 and back to position 0 again before getting out of the vehicle The night security illumination will not be activated when the door is opened Locator lighting Headlamp cleaning system Turn exterior lamp switch to position
134. ck the transmission fluid level Active body control ABC fluid level Regular fluid level check is not required If you notice fluid leaks or malfunctions have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the ABC system Coolant level Adding coolant If coolant has to be added a 50 50 mixture of water and MB anticorrosion antifreeze should be added Warning e In order to avoid possibly serious burns Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant P20 30 2053 26 reservoir if engine temperature is above 194 F 90 C Allow engine to cool down before 1 Coolant expansion tank removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure To check the coolant level the vehicle must be parked Using a rag slowly open cap approximately 1 2 on level ground and the engine stopped turn to relieve excess pressure If opened Check coolant level only when coolant is cold immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will The coolant level should reach the black top part of the be blown out under pressure reservoir e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts See page 403 for antifreeze anticorrosion mixture Engine
135. climate control Car care HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instrument cluster 114 Instrument cluster a 8 60 a 100 15 Zo 120140 169 2 71 40 L 80 77 10 11 S lt 200N120 Ca n 1 min N 200 220 0149 8 io ie MILES I P54 30 3528 29 1 Knob for instrument cluster illumination see page 116 2 Engine malfunction indicator lamp see page 296 3 Brake fluid low or parking brake engaged see page 307 4 Supplemental restraint system SRS malfunction indicator lamp see page 299 Coolant temperature gauge see page 117 Outside temperature indicator see page 117 Fuel gauge with reserve warning lamp see page 299 oN GO Ol Left turn signal indicator lamp see combination switch on page 164 9 Speedometer see page 118 10 Electronic stability program ESP warning lamp system is adjusting to road conditions see page 301 11 Distance warning lamp vehicles with Distronic DTR distance to the vehicle ahead is insufficient see page 270 and page 301 Vehicles without Distronic It illuminates with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 It should go out when the engine is running Instrument cluster Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 115 Practical hints cluster display Multifunction display see page
136. cluster display Exterior lamps 364 Taillamp assemblies Open trunk lid Turn lock 6 counterclockwise and fold trim to the side Twist bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out Push bulb into socket turn counterclockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise Reinstall bulb socket Reinstall trim and secure with lock 6 P82 10 2635 26 7 Black socket Backup lamp 1156 32 cp bulb 8 Red socket Driver s side Taillamp parking lamp rear fog lamp P 21 4W bulb Passenger side Taillamp parking lamp P 21 4W bulb 9 Grey socket Taillamp parking lamp standing lamp side marker 67 4 cp bulb 10 White socket Turn signal lamp 1156 NA bulb yellow Exterior lamps 365 Instruments Operation Driving suaument and controls cluster display Practical hints Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data Exterior lamps 366 License plate lamp Side marker lamp front 5 W 4 cp bulb P82 10 2200 26 P82 10 2634 26 Loosen both securing screws 1 remove lamp and Carefully slide lamp towards rear arrow 1 and remove replace tubular lamp C 5 W 4 cp front end first arrow 2 Twist bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out Remove bulb from socket Insert new bulb in socket Reinstall bulb socket push in and twist clockwise To reinstall lamp set rear end of lamp in bumper and let front end snap int
137. compartment 339 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Engine compartment Windshield and headlamp washer system P82 35 2033 26 1 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir The reservoir should be refilled with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or concentrate commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures Capacity approx 7 1 US qt 6 7 1 Instrument cluster display Practical hints 340 Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may burn You can be seriously burned Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon water For temperatures below freezing MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon solvent Spare wheel vehicle tools storage compartment P40 10 0523 26 1 Jack 2 Luggage bowl with vehicle tool kit towing eye bolt fuses fuse extractor and fuse chart 3 Storage tray 4 Spare wheel Spare wheel Instruments Operation
138. completely to the left before attempting to start the engine again Turning off with the electronic key Put the selector lever in position P and turn the electronic key in the starter switch to position 0 to stop the engine The electronic key can only be removed with the selector lever in position P 233 Practical hints Instruments Instrument and controls Driving Operation Starting and turning off the engine Starting with KEYLESS GO Note For improved recognition of the chip card the doors should be closed when pressing the start stop button Depress brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress accelerator Briefly press start stop button on gear selector lever The starter will engage until the engine is running If engine will not run and the starting procedure stops press start stop button on gear selector lever and repeat starting the engine After several unsuccessful attempts have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center i Practical hints cluster display Turning off with KEYLESS GO Stop the vehicle and put the selector lever in position P Press start stop button on the selector lever until the engine stops With the driver s door closed the starter switch is set to the On position starter switch position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to the Off position starter switch posi
139. comprehensive information also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installation will be performed Introduction 7 Introduction 8 Operator s manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail
140. ctors dual front airbags side impact airbags for driver front and rear passengers and head protective window curtain airbags Their protective functions are designed to complement one another Seat belts Important Laws in most states and all Canadian provinces require seat belt use All states and provinces require use of child restraints that comply with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 All child restraints systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt For your safety and that of your passengers we strongly recommend their use cluster display 82 Practical hints Car care Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle
141. d controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 320 ENGINE OIL LEVEL 3 There is a risk of damaging the engine or catalytic converter The engine oil level must be checked immediately See Engine oil level indicator on page 157 EHGIHE OFL LEVEL 4 The engine oil level has dropped to a critical level Check the engine oil level immediately See Engine oil level iar ah indicator on page 157 and check the engine for visible leakage loss of oil Piah It may be that there is water in the engine oil Have the engine oil checked CHECK LEVEL Podo Noei 5 The measuring system is malfunctioning Line 1 c When the ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK LEVEL message appears while the engine is running and at ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK LEVEL 2 operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped j ly the minimum mark on the dipstick ENGINE OIL LEVEL STOP ENGINE OFF 1 tO approximate ie OE When this occurs the warning will first come on T T 3 F i E ENGINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL 2 intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further ENGINE OIL VISIT WORKSHOP 2 oe If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive to the nearest T T 5 P ENGINE OIL LEVEL VISIT WORKSHOP 2 service station where the engine oil should be topped to the full mark on the dipstick with an approved oil C Category see page 303 The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in s
142. d main odometer appears see page 124 Press the J or eg button repeatedly until the tire inflation pressure monitor is displayed The present tire inflation pressure for each wheel is displayed in multifunction display UIs LTE Operation Driving Loaner Practical hints and controls cluster display Tire inflation pressure monitor 154 Notes Activation of tire inflation pressure monitor Following a tire inflation pressure reactivation process Activation of tire inflation pressure monitor is the real tire inflation pressures are displayed only after necessary if tire inflation pressure is being changed a few minutes travel time wheels or tires are replaced or new wheels are installed Possible differences between readings of a tire pressure on the vehicle gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the Tire inflation pressure should be checked and corrected vehicle s multifunction display can occur The vehicle s according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap multifunction display of the tire inflation pressure For a detailed description refer to page 351 ONICO IS A MOK PiCeiseeagine Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 2 the engine must not be running Press button YES on the multifunction steering 80 wheel to activate the tire inflation pressure monitor The sae amen 100 message TIRE PRESS MONITOR ACTIVATED ra N PRESS DISPLAY AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINS
143. d the service brake is applied Do not release the brake until ready to drive The vehicle may otherwise start creeping when the selector lever is in drive or reverse position Warning It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Practical hints cluster display 236 Important After selecting any driving position from N or P wait a moment to allow the gear to fully engage before accelerating especially when the engine is cold Accelerator position Partial throttle early upshifting normal acceleration Full throttle later upshifting rapid acceleration Kickdown depressing the accelerator beyond full throttle downshifting to a lower gear maximum acceleration Once the desired speed is attained ease up on the accelerator the transmission shifts up again Stopping For brief stops e g at traffic lights leave the transmission in gear and hold vehicle with the service brake For longer stops with the engine idling shift into N or P and hold the vehicle with the service brake When stopping the vehicle on an uphill gradient
144. dedasdeasewebstnsosciens 170 PUSCHAHEF sinar aa EN 172 Economy ModE vorarneoit N 178 Car care an eH Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Index 408 Front center console BATTERY ALTERNATOR storage compartment ventilation 0 0 180 malfunction and warning messages cceeeeee 305 MAX COODER OA 172 DIOCK NEIT ora n a a 253 Rear window defroster ccccccsssecesceeseeceseeeeseeens 181 BRAKE ASSIST Residual engine heat utilization 0 179 malfunction and warning messages ee 306 SEC lal settings aves ccstsaustassdssesssvaciecesssoastloastaaneeaeie 174 Brake assist system BAS ssssssssssssssssssssoococerssssssnsnnsss 279 Switching on and off w ceccccsscssesesecsssescesessssesssseeseees 180 Brake TLC senenin aa 246 298 399 401 Windows fogged on the inside ou 175 BRAKE FLUID Windows fogged on the outside ou eee 176 malfunction and warning Messages s 307 Automatic MAX MUM COOLING s 172 Brake pad W EAL ssitenas dus soadinsonlednttsnasisendiiwaderadiontensidists 307 Automatic transmission oo leeeeseessssccseeseesessessseeesees 235 BRAKE PAD WEAR Emergency operation 243 malfunction and warning messages ceeeeeeee 307 AI a e E S gap Ae o ONDER E a Program mode Selector switch ec eeeeeseeeeeeees 242 B o luid low E AA ONG D Te A Selector lever position sssesesessesssesseesseesssessesssesse 238 E E PELD SERY Bulbs See Replacing bulbs ssss
145. do not hold it with the accelerator use the brake This avoids unnecessary transmission heat build up Maneuvering To maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into a parking space control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes Accelerate gently and never abruptly step on the accelerator To rock a vehicle out of soft ground mud or snow alternately shift from forward to reverse while applying slight partial throttle Automatic transmission Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving f Practical hints cluster display Rocking a vehicle free in this manner may cause the ABS or traction system malfunction indicator lamp to come on Turn off and restart the engine to clear the malfunction indication Warning Getting out of your vehicle with the selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an incline position P alone may not prevent your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P see page 244 for parking brake When parked on an incline also turn front wheel against curb Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move th
146. e electronic key removed from the starter switch Suspension for regular driving style This is the setting for general driving The system is set to regular driving mode when the indicator lamp 3 is not illuminated Press lower half of switch 2 to change from suspension style for sporty driving to regular driving style Suspension for sporty driving style This is the setting for sporty driving Press upper half of switch 1 to select suspension style for sporty driving The indicator lamp 3 comes on Note See ACTIVE BODY CONTROL on page 316 for malfunction and warning messages Level control system P32 31 2003 26 The switch is located on the center console Press the switch when the engine is running 1 Raise vehicle chassis 2 Lower vehicle chassis 3 Indicator lamp 4 Indicator lamp Driving systems 283 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Practical hints The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered automatically according to the selected setting and to the vehicle speed This helps to increase vehicle handling safety and lowers fuel consumption The selected setting is stored in memory even with the electronic key removed from the starter switch Warning To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when lowering the vehicle chassis Note See ACTIVE BO
147. e gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident or serious injury Car care PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Automatic transmission 238 Selector lever position Eg Park position The park position is to be used when parking the vehicle Engage only with the vehicle stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always use the parking brake in addition to placing the selector lever in park to secure the vehicle Note The electronic key can only be removed from the starter switch with the selector lever in position P With the electronic key removed the selector lever is locked in position P P54 30 2521 26 Reverse gear The current selector lever position is indicated in the gear range indicator display The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the selector lever Dependent on the program mode selector switch position S or W the maximum speed in the reverse gear is different However it is not possible to change the program mode while in reverse Shift to reverse gear only with the vehicle stopped hu Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed Do not engage N while dr
148. e starter switch activates the start lock out The engine cannot be started Inserting the electronic key in the starter switch deactivates the start lock out Operating with KEYLESS GO Turning off the engine with the start stop button on the gear selector lever activates the start lock out For turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see page 234 Starting the engine with the start stop button deactivates the start lock out if a valid KEYLESS GO card is recognized inside the vehicle For starting the engine with KEYLESS GO see page 234 The engine cannot be started with a KEYLESS GO card outside the vehicle Central locking system 31 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Driving Practical hints Operation Central locking system 32 General notes on the central locking system If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked with the remote control or a KEYLESS GO card If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked e Aim transmitter eye at a receiver on either door handle Check the batteries of the electronic key see page 369 or synchronize the remote control see page 371 e Vehicles with KEYLESS GO only A KEYLESS GO card must be recognized by the system as being outside the vehicle to enable the vehicle to be locked or unlocked maximum dist
149. e trunk are closed and the vehicle are locked with the remote control or the lock button at each door handle vehicles with KEYLESS GO Once the alarm system has been armed the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm will sound when someone attempts to raise the vehicle The alarm will last approximately 2 minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps At the same time an alarm will sound for 30 seconds The alarm will stay on even if the vehicle is immediately lowered To cancel the alarm e insert the electronic key in the starter switch e press button or on the electronic key or e vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear Selector lever If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency call is initiated automatically See Tele Aid on page 216 To prevent triggering the tow away alarm feature switch Exit vehicle and lock vehicle with the electronic key or off the tow away alarm before towing the vehicle or vehicles with KEYLESS GO the lock button at each when parking on a surface subject to movement such door handle pe Ora The tow away alarm remains switched off until the To do so turn electronic key in starter switch to vehicle is locked again with the electronic key or the position 1 or 0 or remove electronic key from starter lock button at each door handle vehicles with switch Press tow away alarm switch 1 The
150. e warning message SEAT BACKREST LEFT LOCK or SEAT BACKREST RIGHT LOCK is displayed in the multifunction display then the respective backrest is not engaged in its lock Carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is in a Safe distance from the roadway Always provide sufficient room behind the backrest and fold the backrest all the way back until it locks in place The warning message is no longer displayed as soon as the backrest is locked in place If both backrests are locked in place and the warning message is still displayed have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle The power seats can also be operated with the Notes driver s or passenger door open Do not leave The automatic seat slide is provided with a safety children unattended in the vehicle or with access feature to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury The automatic process is interrupted if the backrest of the sliding seat is pushed against an occupant or object Never place hands under seat or near any moving The seat will slide forward and stop parts during a seat adjustment procedure Investigate and correct the cause of interruption Now use memory button page 112 or power seat s
151. e who will issue a numbered incident report Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local Law Enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to Law Enforcement Info Services optional except Canada Info Services categories include news sports stocks weather and calendar reminders Choices can be selected via www mbusa com or by calling 1 800 FOR MERcedes To request Info Services press the SVC button on the COMAND system then select SEND NEW REQUEST FOR INFO SERVICE NEW INFO SERVICE REQUEST TRANSMITTED will appear in the COMAND display and call status messages will appear in the multifunction display Once information is available the message NEW INFO RECEIVED READ LATER WHEN STOPPED will appear Select Yes With the vehicle stopped in a safe location press SVC then select View Info Service of mim dd yyyy hh mm Messages will be retained for 30 minutes once the ignition is switched off Important Tele Aid utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satellites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means Warning If the indi
152. ection quality consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center SST 49 F Anticorrosion antifreeze CRF 49 C Your vehicle contains a number of aluminium parts The CL 500 6 1 US qt 6 7 US qt use of aluminium components in motor vehicle engines CL 55 AMG 5 75 I 6 3 1 necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used CL 600 6 3 US qt 7 0 US qt in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the 6 01 6 6 1 aluminium parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz anticorrosion antifreeze agent Consumer information This has been prepared as required of all manufactures of passenger cars under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Tread wear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1
153. ed Automatic transmission 239 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Driving Operation PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Automatic transmission 240 Briefly press selector lever in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear range to the next higher gear range If the transmission is already in gear range D an additional upshift of one gear is possible Press and hold selector lever in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear directly to gear range D Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Important With transmission in gear range D 4 or 3 upshifting from 1st to 2nd to 3rd gear is delayed depending on vehicle speed and engine temperature This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperatures During the brief warm up period this delayed upshift and increased engine noise might be perceived as a malfunction However neither the engine nor transmission are negatively affected by this mode of operation The delayed upshift is effective with vehicle speeds below 31 mph 50 km h at partial throttle and engine temp
154. ed Press the button when the name you require on appears in the display 4 The telephone number 5 is Press the or button repeatedly until the dialed display 3 appears See the separate telephone The name will be displayed when dialing is completed instructions manual Display 6 remains for the duration of the call If display 2 appears no service is available Pressing the EN button hangs up and display 3 Pressing PA or ed browses alphabetically See forwards or backwards through the telephone book Pressing the or button displays the next or providing it was previously downloaded See telephone previous system operator s manual for details concerning downloading Pressing button EAN or IXe for longer than a second browses rapidly through the telephone book The name selected appears in the display Note Press the E button if you do not wish to make a call The procedure is cancelled and display 3 appears Redialing 2015373858 TEL MILLER ES P54 30 2899 27 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 131 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Driving and controls Practical hints The telephone is ready for use Number or name stored in the redial memory Number in the redial memory redialing has commenced Dialing is completed and the name stored in the telephone book is displayed or the number dialed will remain displayed if no name has been stored
155. ed on and off manually using the vehicle s lights at all times The automatic exterior lamp switch headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver Note Switch on the vehicle lights by hand when driving or traffic conditions require you to do so With the daytime running lamp mode activated the low beam headlamps can not be switched off manually The headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions Front fog lamps and rear fog lamp can not be switched on manually with exterior lamp switch in position Bg To activate the fog lamps turn exterior switch to position By Daytime running lamp mode e USA only The high beam headlamps can also be activated when driving with the daytime running lamp mode When the engine is running the low beam headlamps activated and exterior lamp switch in position W are automatically switched on In low ambient light conditions the parking lamps will also switch on Turn exterior lamp switch to position WJ or Bag To activate the daytime running lamp mode see the individual setting menu LIGHTING LAMP e Canada only CIRCUIT HEADLAMP on page 144 When shifting from a driving position to position N or P the low beam switches off Note 3 minutes delay See page 159 for notes on the exterior lamp switch For nighttime driving the exterior lamp switch should be turned to position to permit activation of the high beam headlamps Exterior lamp swit
156. edes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline Introduction 15 Instruments and controls Instruments and controls 0 18 Door control panel eee 20 Overhead control panel 21 NASM OALC lt cicmicsesesamanmrancaes 22 Center console oo ccceeeseeeeees 24 Contents Instruments and controls 17 Instrument cluster display ESIC Operation Driving and controls Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments and controls Instruments and controls Instrument cluster display II Practical hints 1 Door control panel see page 20 3 Dashboard see page 22 2 Overhead control panel see page 21 4 Center console see page 24 Instruments and controls 19 Instrument cluster display E Operation Driving and controls Instruments p ies Instrument Operation Drivin and controls ly 2 cluster display Instruments and controls 20 1 Door handle pull to open see page 47 Door control panel 2 Memory function switches for storing seat steering wheel rear view mirror and exterior mirror settings see page 111 3 Seat heater switch see page 76 Seat ventilation see page 79 4 Front seat adjustment switches see page 67 a
157. eeeseseesesseseseoseesessesee 355 Towing the vehicle 0 0 0 eee 357 Exterior lamps sccccsssesecsseecesees 360 Headlamp assembly 361 Taillamp assemblies 364 Standby bulb function 367 Changing batteries in the electronic key 369 Synchronizing remote Control aaier 371 Changing batteries in the KEYLESS G0 card 372 Emergency engine shut down 374 Fuel filler flap manual release ceeeeeeees 374 Emergency operation of Sliding pop up roof 0 375 Replacing wiper blades 376 TOOL TACK srona E 378 Vehicle care Cleaning and care of UNG VONICIC vennana aa 380 Power washer ccssccssseeeereeees 381 WOR SUAUING runi a 382 Paintwork painted body components eesssseessssessssseessssseess 382 Engine cleaning Vehicle washing Ornamental moldings Headlamps taillamps turn signal lenses Cleaning the Distronic system Sensor 006 Cleaning the parktronic system sensors Wiper blades Light alloy wheels Instrument cluster Steering wheel and gear Selector lever Cup holder Seat bels cain Headliner and shelf below rear window Leather upholstery Hard plastic trim items Plastic and rubber parts Contents Technical data Spare parts service ccece
158. eel bolt and install stop Place jack on firm ground Position the jack so alignment bolt 1 supplied in the tool kit Remove that it is always vertical plumb line as seen from the remaining bolts Keep bolt threads protected the side see arrow even if the vehicle is parked on from dirt and sand an incline 9 Remove wheel Grip wheel from the sides Keep 7 Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the hands from beneath the wheels ground Never start engine while vehicle is raised 10 Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub 11 Lower vehicle Remove jack and insert jack tube Install spare wheel on wheel hub Insert wheel bolts cover and tighten them slightly To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt Unscrew the alignment bolt to install the last wheel bolt Tires Wheels 349 HES EP unene Operation Driving nS IE INSET Practical hints Car care Heel annaa and controls cluster display data Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Tires Wheels 12 Using the wrench tighten the five bolts evenly following the sequence illustrated until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 110 ft lb 150 Nm 13 Ensure proper tire pressure Notes Before storing the jack the jack arm must be lowered almost to the base of the jack For proper storage of vehicle jack see page 341 Practical hints cluster
159. eesesseseeeeeeee 296 Headlamp cleaning system sssssessseseseeesrrserreereeesse 163 Fngine oil additives satichavstiunnaaceslawhaei muna 401 EXEN laps nennen eee 360 Engine oil consumption ss ssssessssseesssssesssessssrersererssrersss 158 License plate lamp Sensei 366 Engine oil level LOW and high beam 00 ee eceeceseecesscceseeesseeeeeeeens 361 Ce ITS ccecsteaseeee steers N 337 Parking lamps ssssccccsssssssssssseeseeeceessnnnnssseeeeeeeeennnnen 363 OU aN ess E EERE EA ate A ct 320 Replacine DUDS tuseto esh aeaieie 360 ENGINE OIL LEVEL Side marker lamp front essssessesseesesssessessressesseesees 366 malfunction and warning messages sscceeeeeee 320 Standin LATINOS anaie vues uns EN 363 ENGINE OIL LEVEL Talimpassemphes aranin ora 364 NOT WHEN ENGINE ON measuring Turn signal lamp c ccsscsssssscessssesccssessesecsssvsesssssneees 363 multifunction indicator ssesessesesssessssessesesseseseeses 157 Exterior mirror adjustment s s 107 Engineoil level indicator nsarsesicsiesiiesisrssiernsie 157 Exterior mirror front passenger side ENING ON S ii N ste 401 Parkine POSION cererea EER 108 Entrance lamps exit lamps sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssrssssss 190 Exterior rear view MiITOTS eecesesesessesecsecsesseesesessees 107 ENTRY POSITION Electrically folding cccccscscccsssssssesesssesssscesessseseesees 109 malfunction and warning Messages s s 306 Park ine DOS 1 ON ksosa N 108 ESP Electronic s
160. em To return menu INST CLUSTER 4 to 6 to its factory setting e Call up menu 4 to 6 e Press the button in the instrument cluster for approximately 3 seconds Display 7 will appear e Press the button once more The menu INST CLUSTER is reset to factory settings acknowledged by display 8 The individual setting display SETTINGS 2 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset Car care Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display LIGHTING SETT I HGS IHST CLUSTER LIGHT I HG VEHI CLE SETTINGS RESET WITH Ra BUTTOH INTERIOR LAMP DELAYED Or sae 20 153 5 10 S 2 5 Oo 5 Instrument cluster display 144 LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP MANUAL COMSTAMT LOCATOR LIGHTING OW OFF HEADLAMPS DELAYED SHUT OFF 60 5 m 5 5 5 5 Practical hints WOULD OU LIKE SETT HGS FOR LIGHTS RESET TO_ COHF 1 EI PRESS RESET R2 BUTTOM LIGHT IHG SETTINGS RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS P54 30 4485 29 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings Press the or button repeatedly until the 2 SETTINGS the menu LIGHTING can be called individual setting preliminary display 1 appears up in this option menu Press the BA or RA button until the setting menu a Saieenonanarkor SETTINGS 2 is displayed Pressin
161. em to the previous setting Automatic climate control Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display 175 Practical hints Windows fogged on the inside Switch off the economy mode if selected Press button AC The indicator lamp in the button will go out Switch off air recirculation if selected Press button RJ The indicator lamp in the button will go out Adjust left and right air outlets upwards Set blower to the maximum blower speed Increase temperature setting Open the side air outlets and direct them onto the side windows Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Automatic climate control Windshield fogged on the outside Switch on the windshield wiper Press on both EGigj buttons until they click in The fm FaN and Red symbols will no longer be visible Air recirculation Select air recirculation The indicator lamp in the button is not illuminated Press button briefly The indicator lamp in the button illuminates Switch off the air recirculation The indicator lamp in the button is illuminated Press button briefly The indicator lamp in the button will go out Instrument i Practical hints cluster display Switching on air recirculation and activating convenience closing of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the button is not illuminated Press and hold button until the side windows and the
162. en washing the underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water Note To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use Vehicles with KEYLESS CO only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the lenses l Do not attempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a KEYLESS GO card is in close proximity approx 3 ft SPORGE approx 1m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Cleaning and care of the vehicle 383 ES LIONS Operation Driving WSL Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display Cleaning and care of the vehicle Cleaning the Distronic system sensor 384 Car care Cleaning the parktronic system sensors Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water to clean the sensor 1 To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensor Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Note Restart the engine after cleaning the sensor 1 Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water When using a steam cleaner or power washer aim nozzle only briefly
163. endent memory settings sussistere 113 TSS A teencsbee ak cd tue oped anette aetoatetternctiaed 104 KE VEE SOO sactesasdasnosedoscsnpanas A aetna 37 ona owca Changing batteries in the card ou eeeeeceeeeeee 372 S66 T ENI aieiaa aA N 216 i a 47 Infrared reflecting windshield eeseeseeeseeeeeees 212 Choosing global Bieta average aaa i aes a oe 42 Inside rear VIEW MUI ON csset 106 Be ei Ota eea tetree nnevticteecten 66 INST CLUSTER Instrument Cluster aa a AG ee eener ee See individual Settings nenene 142 DER i n a a Instrument CLUSTCD sissen aeae otses 114 KEYLES E d a nes ete 28 30 Activating sevvvvvnnnsnnnennenenneccenccgccgccneneneneenennnennen 116 Be Ait erin coea tots fsciea tes noch eo rdecuacd 44 Instrument cluster illumination oo eee eeeeeees 116 Index 413 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display UPEI TEN Operation Driving nes ennd Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Index 414 Keys changing batteries LIGHTING SYSTEM in the electronic Key s ssesssessssersssrsssensseeessesessessseeese 369 malfunction and warning messages ccceeeeee 312 Keys changing batteries Limp home mode In the keye Gotar e a 372 Automatic transmission sesessesssessessesseessessessese 243 ROVS VENICE ient e n A 28 Locking and unlocking sseesesessesessssessseessressseesseees 35 39 Low beams See Exterior lamp switch ssseseesssesesesseesse
164. ent cluster display 324 Practical hints Check battery of KEYLESS GO card see page 372 The KEYLESS GO card cannot be recognized by the running engine e g strong radio frequency interference or the card is not in the vehicle Stop immediately and search for the KEYLESS GO card or continue to operate the vehicle with the electronic key otherwise the vehicle cannot be centrally locked or the engine started again after the engine stops automatically See page 37 The KEYLESS GO card was momentarily not recognized If message repeats place card in a different position or continue to operate the vehicle with the electronic key see page 37 A KEYLESS GO card left inside the vehicle has been recognized while locking the vehicle from the outside see page 37 The message appears for a maximum 60 seconds each time the driver s door is opened as long as no electronic key is in the starter switch The message appears regardless of the past operation method electronic key or KEYLESS GO card see page 37 SELECTOR LEVER Vehicles with KEYLESS GO only SELECTOR LEVER TO F P54 30 4443 21 Place selector lever in position P The message appears when attempting to turn off the engine while the selector lever is in any other position than P see page 234 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display AIR CLEANER
165. enz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Practical hints Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Tires Wheels Rotating wheels The wheels can be rotated according to the degree of tire wear while retaining the same direction of travel Rotating however should be carried out as recommended by the tire manufacturer before the characteristic tire wear pattern shoulder wear on front wheels and tread center wear on rear wheels becomes visible as otherwise the driving properties deteriorate Notes Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels any time you rotate the wheels or wash the vehicle underside The use of retread tires is not recommended Retread tires may adversely affect the handling characteristics and safety of the vehicle Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads For this reason check rims for damage at regular intervals The rim flanges must be checked for wear before a tire is mounted Remove burrs if any Check and ensure proper tire inflation pressure after rotating the wheels For tire inflation pressure see inside of fuel filler flap and also page 351 cluster display Practical hints 344 Car care Spare wheel Spare wheel CL 500 and CL 600 except Sport Package Important The spare wheel rim is mounted with a full size tire of
166. eoccurs Always use a new fuse for replacement Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse A fuse chart spare fuses and a fuse extractor are located in the vehicle tool kit in the luggage bowl under the trunk floor See page 341 for notes on the vehicle tool kit Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Fuse boxes in the engine compartment 1 Fuse box in engine compartment left hand side 3 Tabs 331 Practical hints Instruments Operation Driving Fuses P54 15 2065 26 2 Fuse box in engine compartment right hand side 3 Tabs To gain access to fuse box Slide both tabs 3 on fuse box forward to the symbol and remove the cover Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints To close the fuse box Ensure that the sealing rubber is properly positioned when you replace the cover Press the cover down by hand Slide both tabs 3 back to the symbol on the fuse box Note The fuse box cover must be properly positioned and both tabs pushed forward to prevent moisture entering the fuse box Auxiliary fuse box below rear seat Shelf below rear window Warning The shelf below the rear window should not be used to carry objects This will avoid such objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident or sudden maneuver The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects 4 Auxiliary fuse box below right rear seat To open Remove
167. er and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for below freezing temperatures see page 340 Driving instructions 253 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Practical hints e Test battery Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to ensure that the engine can be started even at low ambient temperatures e Tires We recommend M S rated radial ply tires on all four wheels for the winter season Observe permissible maximum speed for M S rated radial ply tires and the legal speed limit In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the ABS and ESP can only be achieved with M S rated radial ply tires and or snow chains recommended by Mercedes Benz Snow chains maximize performance Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heater The electrical cable may be installed at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center smeni Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints and controls cluster display Driving instructions 254 Deep water Passenger compartment Caution Warning Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown Always fasten items being carried as securely as depth possible If you must drive through deep water drive slowly to In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around
168. eratures below 95 F 35 C To avoid overrevving the engine when the selector lever is moved to a lower gear range the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s revolutions per minute limit would be exceeded In this case there will be no downshift even when the vehicle speed reaches the engine s rpm limit of that gear e g by applying the service brakes To prevent the engine from laboring at low RPM when driving uphill gradients or with your vehicle heavily loaded the automatic transmission will downshift when necessary to maintain engine RPM within the best torque range Gear ranges we Upshift through 2nd gear only For driving in 4 Upshift through 4th gear only Suitable for mountainous regions or under extreme operating performance driving conditions This gear selection will allow use of the engine s braking power when descending Ew Upshift through 3rd gear only Suitable for steep grades moderately steep hills Since the transmission e does not shift higher than 3rd gear this gear Mim Use this position which makes maximum use of the engine s braking effect while descending very steep or lengthy downgrades and only at speeds below 40 mph 60 km h selection will allow use of the engine s braking power downhill Automatic transmission 241 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Operation D
169. erious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 1 The engine oil level must be checked immediately See Engine oil level indicator on page 157 2 There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine damage SEAT BACKREST Warning The seat belts provide protection only with the SEAT BACKREST LEFT backrest locked in place and therefore must be Line 1 SEAT BEACKREST LEFT SEAT BEACKREST RIGHT C Category see page 303 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 locked in place with the vehicle in motion Do not drive the vehicle when the backrest is not locked in place If the warning message SEAT BACKREST LEFT LOCK or SEAT BACKREST RIGHT LOCK is displayed in the multifunction display then the respective backrest is not engaged in its lock Carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is in a safe distance from the roadway Always provide sufficient room behind the backrest and fold the backrest all the way back until it locks in place P54 30 2445 21 The warning message is no longer displayed as soon as the backrest is locked in place If both backrests are locked in place and the warning message is still displayed have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately 321 LD Practical hints Car care cluster display Practical hints Instruments a
170. ervice Booklet at the designated times driving and excessive engine speeds mileage may result in vehicle damage not covered by Avoid accelerating by kickdown It is not recommended D OEC OT DONE ae arrany to brake the vehicle by manually shifting to a lower gear For information on the Flexible service system FSS We recommend that you select positions 3 2 or 1 see page 150 only at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1 000 miles 1 500 km speeds may be gradually increased to the permissible maximum The first 1 000 miles 215 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving insroments Operation SEM te a Tele Aid Tele Aid Important The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the SOS button Failure to complete either of these steps will result in a system that is not activated If the system is not activated the indicator lamp in the SOS button stays on after turning electronic key in starter switch to position 2 vehicles with KEYLESS GO operating position see page 230 and the message TELE AID NOT ACTIVATED will be shown in the multifunction display for approx 10 seconds If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Telema
171. ery 3 years To provide the important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticorrosion antifreeze equals a freeze protection to approx 22 F 30 C If you use a Solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approx 49 F 45 C Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 403 Technical Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Ll cluster display data Driving LISLE TNS Operation Driving IS EONS Practical hints Car care eelne and controls cluster display data Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 404 the engine temperature will increase due to the lower Before the start of the winter season or once a year in heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not the hot southern regions you should have the use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service If the coolant level is low water and MB anticorrosion antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage The water in the cooling system must meet minimum Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity requirements which are usually satisfied by normal l drinking water If you are not sure about the water Model Approx freeze prot
172. es SRS driver airbag front passenger airbag side impact airbags head protection window curtain airbags for side windows ETR seat belt emergency tensioning retractors and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front airbags and side side impact and window curtain airbags impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds e Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen e Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries e Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects Belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also use a
173. eseeees 390 Warranty coverage ccsseceseceeeee 390 Identification labels 391 Layout of poly V belt drive 393 Technical data oc ecceceeeeeeeees 394 Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 399 Engine ols enaa 401 Engine oil additives eee 401 Air conditioner refrigerant 401 Brake fiid sosronnnai nnna 401 Premium unleaded gasoline 402 Fuel requirement cceeeeeeee 402 Gasoline additives eee 403 Coolants ereen A ieee 403 Consumer information 405 Index Index Product information Kindly observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Mercedes Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and their special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Mercedes Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive
174. esseeeseesso 159 L Low engine coolant level warning cccseceeesreeees 310 LAMP SENSOR EGO AE SUPPO E o eA 74 malfunction and warning messages eeeeeeee 314 LANDS SOX COLION iana aa 360 M FHeddianpa cae 159 312 383 License Plate LAMP seirian n eneceaversrsrecrencnnanneas 366 Maintenance ane ee 215 Low and high Ea h EEE E S T 361 Malfunction and indicator lamps Parkina mps er e E E 363 in the instrument cluster seessessesssessersesseesseseersesss 296 REplacine DUNS cerierer ioken e 360 Malfunction and warning messages ssesseesssesss0s0 303 Side marker lamp front sessesssessessessesssessessesseesseses 366 ACTIVE BODY CONTROL vrinncnne unene 316 Stand NE VGN S e n A 363 AIR OLA INE Roserei an 325 Taillamp assemblies ou eee ceseceseessceceseceseeeseeeees 364 BATTERY ALTERNATOR ssccesssesssseesestcoseesenes 305 TUS LOVIN LA TD cdduect ecnedeceadesssaeiseetdec epeeceyned atkececensaee 363 BRAKE Ao I usa 306 Layout of poly V belt drive ccc ceesecsseceeseeceseeeeeeeees 393 TOP ee UD eee 307 Level control system sesesssesssrsssrecrsrerssressrrresrerssresssreese 283 BRAKE PAD WEAR sca pisssesstncnteccudlauieuesue usecase 307 LONT ceo cactaat ateaesdesta es iceee see secs adead eoeesaecaes 204 CHIPE AUN opeisen 324 LIGHTING COOLANT coolant level ssseesesesesseseessesssessessessess 310 See individual settings sesseseeseesssessessessesssessesssese 144 COOLANT coolant temperatu
175. essor will not engage fuel savings itis not possible to air condition in this setting Press AC button to activate The indicator lamp in the button illuminates Press AC button once again to return to the previous setting The indicator lamp in the button goes out Important In the mode AC the windows could fog up on the inside Switch off AC mode Residual engine heat utilization With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for a short while dependent of the temperature setting of the automatic climate control Air volume and distribution are controlled automatically To select Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 0 or remove it altogether Press button BEY The display shows REST This function selection will not activate if the battery level is insufficient The function switches off automatically e if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position 2 e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops Note The battery symbol will appear in the automatic climate control display some time before the residual engine heat utilization is switched off if the battery voltage drops Automatic climate control 179 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Automa
176. etting menus will not be reset Setting the audio volume Setting button You can only adjust the volume of the system currently increases the volume in use The volume setting for each system audio EH reduces the volume telephone navigation and voice recognition system is stored separately Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 149 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 and controls Instrument Operation Driving Flexible service system Flexible service system FSS service indicator le S10 100 gt a L io 00 s 120 140 160 N F007 SoN N2 s 200 220 SERVICE A N 40 1240 a Pe IN 1000 MILES AN P54 30 2768 26 4 Vi 40 120 x1 a sof vl mph ol The FSS permits a flexible service schedule that is directly related to the operating conditions of the vehicle The symbol or appears together with a message in the multifunction indicator prior to the next suggested service Depending on operating conditions throughout the year the next service is calculated and displayed in days or distance remaining cluster display Practical hints 150 Car care The message is displayed for approximately 10 seconds when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 or while driving when reaching the service warning threshold The symbols and messages indicate the type of service to be performed
177. ext time the trip computer is called up Transferring values from the previous journey to the To reset the short AFTER START 1 or long AFTER START short distance memory 1 AFTER RESET distance memory 2 The AFTER START display will flash until a distance of Call up the relevant display 1 or 2 using the ENN or approximately 1 mile 1 6 km has been covered or two Bed button and press the button in the instrument minutes have elapsed since the engine was restarted cluster until the values are reset to O During this period you can incorporate the values for the previous journey by pressing button in the instrument cluster If button is not pressed the short distance memory is reset to 0 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 137 Instruments and controls Instrument Practical hints cluster display Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Malfunction warning message memory HO MALFUMCT OW 3 MALFUNCTIONS P54 30 2863 27 1 There are no messages stored in the system 2 Number of messages stored in the system Instrument i Practical hints cluster display Press the or button repeatedly until the message memory 1 or 2 is displayed Press the aN or eg button if display 2 appears The stored messages will now be displayed in order See page 303 for
178. fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs to the point where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without one Restraint systems Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised children in a child restraint system may use vehicle equipment and may cause serious personal injury Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin l 2 cluster display Restraint systems Installation of infant and child restraint systems P91 40 2205 26 This vehicle is provided with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions Prior to installing a tether strap remove cover 1 from anch
179. g button or E on the multifunction Press button or E until the menu LIGHTING steering wheel controls the selection marker is selected by the selection marker 3 4 LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP see page 160 Press the Za or RA button until the required display 4 to 7 is displayed Pressing the or E 5 LOCATOR LIGHTING see page 163 button controls the selection marker The settings made 6 HEADLAMPS DELAYED SHUT OFF see Night are stored and applied immediately security illumination on page 162 The individual setting preliminary display 1 will 7 INTERIOR LAMP DELAYED SHUT OFF see appear again after you have run through all the setting Interior lighting on page 189 menus Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system 8 Returning the setting menu LIGHTING to the factory setting 9 Acknowledgment 1 Except Canada 2 For safety reasons setting only possible while vehicle is standing still Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 145 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Minis Onis unas Operation Driving itame Practical hints and controls cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 146 To return menu LIGHTING 4 to 7 to its factory Note BeHns For safety reasons the individual setting LAMP e Call up menu 4 to 7 CIRCUIT HEADLAMP in menu cannot
180. g the engine See page 290 for parktronic switch Practical hints cluster display Car care Warning Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers rests always with the driver Special attention must be paid to objects having smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or street curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Parktronic can be affected by dirty sensors especially at times of snow and ice See page 384 for notes on cleaning the parktronic system sensors Interference caused by other ultrasonic signals e g working jackhammers or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be taken into consideration Sensors A total of 10 sensors 1 monitor the vehicle s front and rear areas Six sensors are located in the front bumper four sensors in the rear bumper For proper operation of the Parktronic always keep the sensors clean especially at times of snow and ice See page 384 for instructions on cleaning the sensors in the bumpers 1 Sensors located in bumpers front bumper shown Parking system 287 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin gt cluster display Practical hints Instruments Operation
181. ge 119 and After start After reset page 124 Range Flexible service system FSS see page 150 Tire inflation pressure monitor see page 153 Engine oil level indicator see page 157 8 Individual settings see page 140 7 Malfunction message memory see page 138 2 Audio systems see page 126 9 Malfunction messages are stored in memory 7 Radio see page 126 see page 138 CD player see page 127 Cassette player see page 128 Press the or button repeatedly until the required system is displayed A n The display advances by one system each time the button is pressed You may call up additional displays within some of these categories by pressing the EN or R button Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 121 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second cluster display Practical
182. ger seat or insert it in shirt pocket Start the engine again See page 230 Do not forget the engine can be started by anyone with a KEYLESS GO card that is left inside the vehicle Leaving the chip card behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message CHIP CARD STILL IN VEHICLE appears in the multifunction display see page 324 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Central locking system e Opening the driver s door with the engine shut off and no electronic key in the starter switch the message CHIP CARD DO NOT FORGET appears as a reminder see page 324 Important In the case of a malfunction in the KEYLESS GO system we recommend that you carry the electronic key plus mechanical key with you and keep them in a safe place so that they are always handy Never leave the electronic key in the vehicle Practical hints cluster display Notes The KEYLESS GO function also permits closing of windows and sliding pop up roof convenience feature see page 45 With the KEYLESS GO card in close proximity approx 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle aiming a jet of water at a door handle e g when washing the vehicle or cleaning snow from a door could lock or unlock the vehicle inadvertently To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of the rear shelf or inside the trunk Locking
183. ght go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Baby Smart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display Malfunction and warning messages for the following systems will be displayed immediately in the multifunction display They are divided into three categories Category Cl Messages of most immediate priority These cannot be cleared from the instrument cluster using the button Categories C2 and C3 Messages of less immediate priority These can be cleared from the instrument cluster using the button and are then stored in the malfunction message memory see page 138 Note Certain malfunction and warning messages are accompanied by an audible signal Malfunction and warning messages in red are always accompanied by an audible signal Temporary messages such as TRUNK OPEN will not be stored in the malfunction message memory Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where malfunction indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injur
184. gs 2 SETTINGS the menu INST CLUSTER can be called up in this option menu 3 Selection marker Pressing button or E on the multifunction steering wheel controls the selection marker 4 TEMP INDICATOR the unit set is displayed in the outside temperature display in the instrument cluster and in the automatic air conditioner display 5 SPEEDOMETER the unit set is displayed in the multifunction display 6 TEXT sets the language used in the multifunction display 7 Returning the setting menu INST CLUSTER to the factory setting 8 Acknowledgment For setting clock see separate COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until the individual setting preliminary display 1 appears Press the EAN or eg button until the setting menu SETTINGS 2 is displayed Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Press button or E until the menu INST CLUSTER is selected by the selection marker 3 Press the EAN or gg button until the required display 4 to 6 is displayed Pressing the or E button controls the selection marker The settings made are stored and applied immediately The individual setting preliminary display 1 will appear again after you have run through all the setting menus Pressing the or button displays the next or previous syst
185. h or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Tele Aid Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Practical hints cluster display Notes The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted and the selected mode radio tape or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the vehicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The navigation system if engaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken commands are only available by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress Car care Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Tele Aid Remote door unlock In the case you have your vehicle locked unintentionally e g key i
186. he closing procedure is blocked the sliding pop up roof will not open automatically The closing procedure of the sliding pop up roof can be immediately reversed by either moving the switch in any direction or pressing button on the electronic key and holding it or vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card pull and hold a door handle When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from starter switch and take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause serious personal injury Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 2 cluster display Interior equipment Notes The sliding pop up roof can also be opened and closed using the summer opening convenience feature see page 44 or pressing button or Ey in the control panel of the automatic climate control see page 176 and 177 To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the Ssliding pop up roof The sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur see page 375 With the roof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the roof opening to guard against sun rays When Synchronizing the sliding pop up roof sliding the roof open the screen
187. he left and right side the remote controlled device The integrated remote buttons for approximately 20 seconds or until the control transmitter continues to send the signal as control lamp blinks rapidly will erase the codes of long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds all three channels Garage door opener 211 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments E Instrument Operation Drivin and controls t 2 cluster display Infrared reflecting windshield 212 Infrared reflecting windshield Your vehicle is equipped with infrared reflecting glass which reduces the amount of radiated heat entering the interior through the windows The infrared reflecting glass also prevents the transmission of signals through the glass by in vehicle electronic devices e g electronic toll collection devices To allow the use of these devices in the vehicle two infrared transparent areas 1 and 2 are placed in the windshield 1 Mounting location for electronic toll collection devices infrared transparent 2 Infrared transparent area pass through for electronic signals 3 31 5 in 80 cm 4 19 0 in 48 cm 5 1 75 in 4 5 cm Driving Control and operation of radio transmitters oo 214 The first 1 000 miles TOO RKN V 215 Maintenance eessesesesssssesessssseeresss 215 TEEBA ranei 216 Catalytic converter cccceeeee 226 Emission control oo
188. he oil dipstick or via the multifunction display in the instrument cluster see page 157 Wipe the oil dipstick clean prior to checking the engine oil level Fully insert dipstick in tube and remove after three seconds to obtain accurate reading The oil level must be between the lower mark min and the upper mark max on the oil dipstick Unscrew the oil filler cap and add oil carefully if you need to top up the oil CL 500 and CL 55 AMG Fill quantity between upper and lower dipstick marking level is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 CL 600 Follow the message appearing on the engine oil level indicator display page 157 as to quantity to be added Re install oil filler cap Do not overfill the engine Excessive oil must be drained or siphoned It could cause damage to engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty cluster display Practical hints See malfunction and warning messages on page 303 if an engine oil level display appears on the multifunction display when the engine is running Note See page 157 for engine oil level indicator Automatic transmission fluid level The transmission has a permanent fill of automatic transmission fluid Regular automatic transmission fluid level checks and changes are not required For this reason the dipstick is omitted If you notice fluid leaks or gear shifting malfunctions have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center che
189. hicle equipment control or the lock button at any door handle vehicles may cause serious personal injury with KEYLESS GO the doors and trunk cannot be unlocked with the central locking switch The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the central locking switch If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside opening a door from the inside will trigger the alarm Automatic central locking With the automatic central locking system activated the doors and trunk are locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more The fuel filler flap remains unlocked The automatic central locking function can be switched on or off in the individual setting menu VEHICLE AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK see page 147 Notes If doors are unlocked with the central locking switch after activating the automatic central locking and neither door is opened then the doors remain unlocked even at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more If a door is opened from the inside at speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or less with the automatic central locking activated the door will again be automatically locked at speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more When a door is opened from the inside the complete vehicle is unlocked if the vehicle is previously unlocked in the global remote control mode Important When towing the vehicle or with the vehicle ona dynamometer test
190. hints 122 Note The displays in the multifunction display can be set to German English French Italian or Spanish language See SETTINGS INST CLUSTER TEXT on page 142 for instructions on changing the language setting The displays for the audio systems radio CD player cassette player will appear in English regardless of the language selected Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Press button WAG for next display in system Red for previous display in system for next system for previous system to increase the volume see page 149 N 220 0149 8 2 140 eh MILES ON GO CO A E to decrease the volume see page 149 10 to dial a telephone number see page 129 11 to end a call See page 129 for telephone and page 133 for instructions on answering an incoming call Press the or button repeatedly until the P46 10 2100 27 i e required system is displayed 1 Multifunction steering wheel The display advances by one system each time the 2 Multifunction display button is pressed 3 Horn pad You may call up additional displays in some systems by pressing the BeN or RA button Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 123 HEE a en Operation Driving Wns Teo Practical hints and controls cluster display Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering
191. ible service system PSD E E 150 Tire inflation pressure MONOT areeni deta 153 Engine oil level indicator 157 Engine oil consumption 158 Exterior lamp switch 08 159 Headlamp Mode ou ceeseeseeeeees 160 Night security illumination 162 Headlamp cleaning system 163 Combination switch eee 164 Hazard warning flasher SWIC ice secure E A E 167 Automatic climate control 168 Display and controls 170 DUStIler SeA nines 172 Automatic maximum COONS cnt eles ute hicatcsesestedsde ale 172 Basic setting ccsccccesessssserseses 173 Special Settings oc eeeeeeeee 174 Air recirculation ccceeeeees 176 Activated charcoal filter 177 ECONOMY MOE cescceesseeeees 178 Residual engine heat utilization eee 179 Switching the automatic climate control OMAN Ol severest sax 180 Front center console storage compartment ventilation 180 Rear window defroster 181 Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 182 Contents Power windows ccsscceeseeeereeeenees 183 Sliding pop up roof ou eee 186 Interior lighting oo cece 189 Rear window sunshade 191 SUAVIS O T onian a oa 192 Vanity MIrrOrS szaro 192 PETION arin OO 193 Storage compartments and ATINOS S wesiunnscenhioatateaoersivacue 193 GIOVE DOR onian 194 Coat
192. idual setting menu LIGHTING LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP on page 144 It will then be possible to switch the headlamps on and off using the exterior lamp switch See page 159 for notes on the exterior lamp switch TELEPHONE FUNCTION FONC T OH D HOT AVA ILAELE P54 30 2436 21 Line 1 Line 2 NOT AVAILABLE FUNCTION C Category see page 303 The display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone CRUISE CONTROL CRUISE CONTROL UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2994 21 Line 2 Line 1 CRUISE CONTROL VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 1 Cruise control is malfunctioning 315 Malfunction and warning messages Instrument Instruments ae Operation Drivin and controls ly 2 cluster display Practical hints Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Malfunction and warning messages ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC STOF CAR TOO LOW P54 30 4445 21 Line 1 Line 2 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP ACTIVE BODY CONTROL DRIVE CAREFULLY STOP CAR TOO LOW ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ACTIVE BODY CONTROL VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning Instrument i Practical hints cluster display 2 The capability of the system is restricted Important When the message ACTIVE BODY CONTRO
193. iew mirror positions are stored in memory with the seat steering wheel inside rear view mirror positions and can be recalled when necessary See page 111 for notes on the memory function Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls s gt cluster display Rear view mirrors 108 Parking position To store passenger side mirror parking position The passenger side exterior mirror can be adjusted and 1 The vehicle must be stationary programmed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers e g to observe the curb or other objects Turn electronic key to starter switch position 1 or 2 close to the vehicle 2 Select passenger side mirror fmf and adjust the With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 and mirror to view the curb the exterior rear view mirror switch in the passenger side position the passenger side mirror will be turned 3 Push the memory button M 4 downward when placing the gear selector lever in R 4 Within 3 seconds push bottom of adjustment reverse button 3 The passenger side mirror will return to its previous The mirror should not move position Repeat the memory procedure if the mirror moves e immediately at speeds above approximately 6 mph 10 km h independent of the engaged gear Note e after 10 seconds when shifting gear selector lever One stored parking position is available for each of the from R Reverse two electronic keys or for both KE
194. ifunction display for approx 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually P82 95 2186 26 P82 95 2187 26 Briefly press on cover 1 the cover will open Press the SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in the SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center Close the cover 1 after the emergency call is concluded Tele Aid 219 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Tele Aid 220 Warning A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants Roadside Assistance button Located below the center armrest cover is the Roadside Assistance button Pg Pressing and holding the button for longer than 2 seconds will initiate a call toa Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher The button will flash
195. imum cable cross section of 25 mm or approx 2 AWG e Maximum length of 11 5 ft 3 5 m If the battery is discharged the engine should be started with jumper cables and the 12 V battery of another vehicle Only use 12 V battery to jump start your vehicle Jump starting with more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical systems which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The battery is located in the trunk under the right hand wheel well cover panel 355 Instrument Car care cluster display Practical hints Operation Driving Instruments Operation Driving instrument and controls cluster display Jump starting Proceed as follows 1 Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will reach but never let the vehicles touch Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation 2 On both vehicles e Turn off engine and all lights and accessories except hazard warning flashers or work lights e Apply parking brake and shift selector lever to position P Important 3 Clamp one end of the first jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery and the other end to the positive terminal of the charged battery Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal parts 4 Clamp one end of the second jumper cable to the grounded negative terminal of the charged battery and the final connect
196. in t 2 cluster display 68 The switches are located in both doors We recommend to adjust the power seat in the following order 1 Seat adjustment fore aft Press the switch fore aft direction until a comfortable seating position is reached that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far rearward as possible consistent with ability to properly operate controls Practical hints Note Do not move the front passenger seat completely forward if objects are stored in the parcel net in the front passenger side footwell Items in the net may be damaged 2 Seat up down Press the switch up down direction until comfortable seating position with still sufficient headroom is reached 3 Seat cushion tilt Press the switch in the direction of the arrow until your legs are slightly supported 4 Backrest tilt Press the switch in the direction of the arrow until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel 5 Seat cushion depth Press the switch fore or aft until your legs are supported comfortably N i P91 16 2029 26 6 Head restraint Adjust the head restraint angle 7 by hand Push or pull The height of the head restraint is adjusted the head restraint in direction of arrow automatically with the seat so that the back of the head is supported approximately at ear level Adjust the head restraint using the switch if the preset Storing seat
197. in E eee 108 Mirror exterior rear VIEW sssesessssssesessseeesesssssseeee 107 Mirror inside rear VIEW sssssessssesssssesssssessssressssresss 106 MUIICONtOUrDACKTESE ari ecce ls eerste euerenese 74 IM UCIT CTO NCS DIA assays nra 120 PUIO SY SUCIN Solas edesdert NR 126 Cassete DIAVE ar T mera 128 CD PIAY Cl ai A 127 DISMONIG DIR eson de eiieaseitesssansdanedesness 135 Engine oil level indicator 0 cece cccsseceesseeeeseeeees 124 Po ocenio camera conidia e sates eet naan iteahes sueaues 124 Individual Settings scccssccssesssectesssotesssoersees 140 Malfunction warning message memory 138 RALO ionia RE 126 Telephone Aroi rO N 129 Telephone Incoming call oo eee eeeseeeseeeeeeees 133 Telephone Redialing 0 eeeeesseeeseeeseeeeseees 131 Telephone DOOR sareren oA 129 Tire inflation pressure monitor ou eeseeeeeeee 124 Trip and main odometer and sub menu 124 TDCONDO OT sperone aa E T cota 136 VOM SPECI oaa a aa a 124 Multifunction steering wheel sosesooseseseeseeesnresnseessee 120 Car care an eH Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Index N Power head restraints rear oo cece cceessssssscecccseeseeeseeees 81 Power seats front Navigation SYStOM ssseccssccsssceseseesseeeessesessneeessneessen 134 BC KC SU vers tac aceaetea eee agen eens 72 Night security illumination esses eee 162 Seat ventila
198. ing Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat back and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body 67 Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle The power seats can also be operated with the driver s or front passenger door open Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury To operate the front power seat adjustment switches turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 with a front door open the respective power seats can also be operated with the electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Driving Practical hints Car care Operation Instruments and controls Seats Instrument Operation Driv
199. ing indicator see page 288 Side air outlet adjustable Air volume control for side air outlet Exterior lamp switch see page 159 Headlamp washer button see page 163 Parking brake release see page 244 Hood lock release see page 334 Parking brake pedal see page 244 ON GO OO FP WW DN Easy entry exit feature switch see page 66 Steering wheel adjustment switch see page 105 10 Combination switch see page 164 11 Cruise control switch see page 256 or Distronic DTR switch see page 259 12 Multifunction steering wheel see page 120 Driver airbag see page 92 Horn with electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 Instruments and controls Instruments Operation Driving and controls Instrument cluster display 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 Practical hints Instrument cluster see page 114 Voice recognition system switch see separate operating instructions Starter switch see page 228 Right front parktronic warning indicator see page 288 Fixed air outlets Center air outlets adjustable Air volume control for left center air outlet Air temperature control for center air outlets Air volume control for right center air outlet Glove box lock see page 194 Glove box lid release see page 194 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments and controls 24 Center console 1 II 10 11 Practical hints
200. ing messages 318 TIRE PRESSURE TIRE PRESSURE RF CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 Ser E a TIRE PRESSURE LR CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 Pini CRS TIRE PRESSURE RR CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 TIRE PRESSURE LF CHECK TIRES 1 I I pr P I E no E nn Eoi it LEE ia So oe E mj TEED TIRE PRESSURE RF CHECK TIRES 1 P54 30 3932 21 TIRE PRESSURE LR CHECK TIRES 1 TIRE PRESSURE RR CHECK TIRES 1 Line 1 Line 2 TIRE PRESSURE CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 C Category see page 303 12 3 TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES 1 ideit rear tect iont 4 TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES 2 RR right rear RF right front TIRE PRESS CONTROL PRESS DISPLAY AFTER 2 ACTIVATED DRIVING A FEW MINS TIRE PRESS MONITOR REACTIVATE 09 TIRE PRESS MONITOR CURRENTLY INACTIVE NO TIRE PRESS MONITOR VISIT WORKSHOP NO TIRE PRESSURE LF CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire 1 One or more tires is or has deflated rapidly Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers For reference on changing wheels see page 343 2 The tire pressure on one or more tires is already below minimum value Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt stee
201. ing wheel until the display appears See page 124 The next or previous system is displayed by pressing button or mz Important The FSS indicator is not an engine oil level indicator See page 157 for engine oil level indicator Flexible service system 151 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Flexible service system Following a completed A or B service the Mercedes Benz Center sets the counter mileage to 10 000 miles Canada 15 000 km The counter can also be set by any individual To do so Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To call up the trip odometer and main odometer press button or on the multifunction steering wheel until the display appears See page 124 Press button EN or eg until the FSS indicator appears Press button on the instrument cluster for approximately 2 seconds i Practical hints cluster display The multifunction display will show the question DO YOU WANT TO RESET SERVICE INTERVAL CONFIRM BY PRESSING RESET R BUTTON Press button on the instrument cluster again to reset the service indicator The new service indicator is displayed with the reset distance of 10 000 miles Canada 15 000 km If the FSS counter was inadvertently reset have a Mercedes Benz Center correct it However you choose to set your reference nu
202. interior light switched on the mirror brightness does not respond to changes in light sensitivity Note The automatic antiglare function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the inside rear view mirror The automatic antiglare function will not react for example if the rear window sun shade is in raised position cluster display Practical hints 110 Warning In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In cases it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Important Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in their liquid state by applying plenty of water Memory function The memory and stored position buttons are located on the doors 1 Memory button used to store selected positions which can be retrieved by pressing the buttons 2 2 Stored position buttons Memory function 111 Instruments and controls cluster display Operation Driving Lis So Practical hints Warning Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Three sets of seat and multicontour bac
203. ints cluster display Notes A warning sounds when the driver s door is opened with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 0 If the electronic key cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged See battery on page 352 or jump starting on page 355 With the engine at idle speed the charging rate of the alternator output is limited It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary electrical consumers while driving in stop and go traffic This precaution helps to avoid draining of the battery Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized by turning off the following power consumers for example Heated seats rear window defroster In addition the automatic climate air volume control should be set to the lowest position LENS TUTE Operation Driving Lins TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Starter switch KEYLESS GO 230 Start Stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Warning When leaving the vehicle always take the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO card with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Pressing the start stop button 1 on the gear selector lever without depressing the brake pedal will sequentially activate the starter switch positions 1 on and
204. ion to the negative under hood terminal of the disabled vehicle Practical hints Car care 356 Important 5 Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle Make sure the cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when the engine is started Allow the discharged battery to charge for a few minutes Start engine of the disabled vehicle in the usual manner 6 After the engine has started remove jumper cables by exactly reversing the above installation sequence starting with the last connection made first When removing each clamp make sure that it does not touch any other metal while the other end is still attached Notes If engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel may damage the catalytic converter Towing the vehicle Important When towing the vehicle please note the following 1 ae With the automatic central locking activated and the Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the electronic key in starter switch position 2 vehicles with ground make certain that the electronic key is in KEYLESS GO in On position see page 230 the starter switch position 2 i i vehicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the If the electronic key is left in the starter switch right rear wheel are turning at vehicle speeds of
205. ion window curtain airbags can provide increased protection to belted occupants on the impacted side of the vehicle in side impacts exceeding its preset threshold The operational readiness of the airbag system is verified by the indicator lamp SRS in the instrument cluster when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 If no fault is detected the lamp will go out after approximately 4 seconds after the lamp goes out the system continues to monitor the components and circuitry of the airbag system and will indicate a malfunction by coming on again If the lamp does not come on at all or if it fails to extinguish after In the operational mode after the indicator lamp has approximately 4 seconds or if it comes on thereafter a gone out following the initial check interruptions or malfunction in the system has been detected short circuits in the airbag ignition circuit and in the driver and front passenger seat belt buckle harnesses and low voltage in the entire system are detected and indicated The following system components are monitored or undergo a self check crash sensor s airbag ignition circuits front seat belt buckles emergency tensioning retractors seat sensor Warning Initially when the electronic key is turned from starter eT switch position 0 to position 1 or 2 malfunctions in the In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be o
206. ioning 263 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin a gt cluster display Practical hints Car care PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints and controls cluster display Driving systems 264 Deactivation of Distronic e the gear selector lever is moved to position N Briefly move the distronic control lever in OFF e the electronic stability program ESP is active direction 3 the stored speed remains in the memory until the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to e Ose Ro aa eer eee or position 1 or 0 eee Distronic is also deactivated if Note e the service brake pedal is depressed A signal sounds and the message DISTRONIC OFF appears for 5 seconds in the multifunction display everytime Distronic is deactivated except when moving e the vehicle decelerates to less than approximately distronic control lever in OFF direction 25 mph Canada 40 km h e g while maintaining the distance to the vehicle ahead e the parking brake is activated Warning The Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 25 mph Canada 40 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Driving with Distronic activated S10 60 a 100 _ fF 00 22 40 160 N SoN 120 N 200 220 1240 4 n 4L 8
207. ire inflation pressure should be checked and corrected according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap For a detailed description refer to page 351 The message REACTIVATE TIRE PRESS MONITOR appears if the tire inflation pressure shows an increase of 4 4 psi 0 3 bar or more Reactivate the tire inflation pressure monitor The tire inflation pressure monitor only functions on wheels equipped with the proper electronic sensors Inquire at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center about retrofitting other than original Mercedes Benz wheels with electronic sensors Transporting a deflated road wheel in the vehicle e g after having a flat the tire inflation pressure monitor should only be activated once the flat tire and rim are removed from the vehicle i Practical hints cluster display To prevent possible damage to the electronic sensors have tire changes only performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For malfunction and warning messages see page 318 When checking the tire inflation pressure of the road wheels also check the spare tire The tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel mounted or not mounted is not monitored by the tire inflation pressure monitor See page 341 for location of the spare wheel and page 351 for tire inflation pressure Engine oil level indicator 310 100 gt EE F ioo yo eo 160 N L so SS eo 120 60 N 200 yal 220N 440 20 izo mph ol
208. istance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second 1 Observe all legal requirements Practical hints Instruments Operation Driving Dust ouient and controls cluster display Control and operation of radio transmitters 214 Telephones and two way radio Warning Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e without being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic system possibly resulting in an accident and personal injury Radio transmitters such as a portable telephone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna The first 1000 miles 1 500 km Maintenance The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle break in period the more satisfied you will be with its serviced by your authorized Mercedes Benz Center in performance later on Therefore drive your vehicle accordance with the Service Booklet at the times called during the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km at moderate for by the FSS Pe OAA EE E Speeds Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle with the S
209. ition P After removing the electronic key or with the electronic key in starter switch position 0 or 1 the selector lever is locked in position P 1 Most electrical consumers can be operated For detailed information see respective subjects 2 Driving position Gear selector lever is unlocked To move the selector lever out of position P firmly depress the service brake pedal 3 Starting position See page 233 for instructions on starting and turning off the engine See page 43 for instructions on the simultaneous use of the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO function Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Important If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the lock In this case remove electronic key from starter switch and reinsert Caution To prevent accelerated battery discharge and a possible dead battery always remove the electronic key from the starter switch Do not leave the electronic key in starter switch position 0 Starter switch Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument Practical h
210. iving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads see page 252 for winter driving instructions Important Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Ep he transmission automatically upshifts through oth gear Position D provides optimum driving characteristics under all normal operating conditions Gear selection for special circumstances The transmission gear ranges for special circumstances can be selected by pressing the selector lever to the right or the left with the selector lever in position D The gear range currently selected is indicated in the instrument cluster display Briefly press selector lever in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear range to the next lower gear range Press and hold selector lever in the D direction The selector lever position display will switch to the gear range currently selected by the automatic transmission Shifting into another gear range that allows for quicker acceleration or to slow the vehicle down is possible Downshifts can also be performed Note To avoid overrevving the engine when the selector lever is moved in D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s revolutions per minute limit would be exceed
211. iving instrument Pa Technical and controls cluster display data Technical data 398 Main Dimensions Model CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 Overall vehicle length 196 4 in 4989 mm 196 4 in 4989 mm 196 4 in 4989 mm Overall vehicle width 73 1 in 1857 mm 73 1 in 1857 mm 73 1 in 1857 mm Overall vehicle height 55 4 in 1408 mm 55 4 in 1408 mm 55 4 in 1408 mm Wheel base 113 6 in 2885 mm 113 6 in 2885 mm 113 6 in 2885 mm Track front 62 1 in 1577 mm 62 2 in 1581 mm 62 1 in 1577 mm Track rear 62 1 in 1578 mm 62 1 in 1578 mm 62 1 in 1578 mm Weights Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 lb 100 kg Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore use only brands tested and recommended by us Please refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet or inquire at your Mercedes Benz Center Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil filter CL 500 8 5 US qt 8 0 I Recommended engine oils CL55 AMG 8 0 US qt 7 5 1 CL 600 10 0 US qt 9 5 I Automatic transmission 9 6 US qt 9 1 1 Automatic transmission fluid Rear axle 1 7 US qt 1 6 1 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Hydraulic system for approx 5 3 US gt 5 01 MB Hydraulic fluid active body control ABC Power steering approx 1 1 US qt 1 0 1 MB Power steering fluid Front wheel hubs approx 2 1 oz 60 g each High temperature roller bearing grease Brake system 0
212. krest positions may be stored into memory Together with the driver s seat position you can store the positions for steering wheel exterior rear view mirrors and inside rear view mirror Three stored positions are available for each of the two electronic keys or for both KEYLESS GO cards vehicles with KEYLESS GO For notes regarding the storing of key dependent memory positions see page 113 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Memory function Storing positions into memory Driver s seat with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 or with the driver s door open Front passenger Seat with electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 or the passenger door open Adjust the seat and multicontour backrest to the desired position You can also adjust the steering wheel the exterior rear view mirrors electrically and the inside rear view mirror by hand for the driver s seat See page 67 for front seat adjustment page 107 for exterior rear view mirror adjustment and page 105 for steering wheel adjustment Push memory button M release and push a stored position button 1 2 or 3 within 3 seconds Recalling positions from memory To recall a seat steering wheel rear view mirror position push and hold button 1 2 or 3 until seat steering wheel and rear view mirror movement has stopped The seat steering wheel rear view mirr
213. l Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt and that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with this standard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restraints Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt
214. l cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident Instrument Practical hints cluster display Car care Excessive use of salt and other snow melting chemicals spread on roads during the winter months may cause a build up of moisture or residue to form on the braking components This build up or residue could cause light corrosion of the braking components if the vehicle is parked with the brakes cold Apply steady and even braking pressure when stopping the vehicle to warm up and dry the brake components Important Please pay attention to the function of the brake assist system BAS see page 275 The condition of the parking brake system is checked each time the vehicle is in the shop for the required maintenance service at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster stays on the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Install only brake pads and brake fluid rec
215. lamps are switched off Footwell lighting With parking lamps on the driver and front passenger footwell is illuminated Center console lighting Turn the electronic key in the starter switch to position 1 The center console is illuminated from the inside rear view mirror Door entry lamps The appropriate entry lamp switches on if a door is opened in darkness and if the interior lighting is switched to automatic function The entry lamp switches off automatically when the door is closed Rear window sunshade optional Always raise the sunshade fully for its support against the window frame Warning When operating the rear window sunshade be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the raising or lowering procedure The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing the upper or lower half of the switch Briefly press upper or lower half of the switch again to raise or lower the rear window sunshade completely P68 50 0253 26 S When leaving the vehicle always remove the The switch is located in the center console electronic key from starter switch and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle or 2 Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause serious personal injury Press the switch briefly p i 1 to raise 2 to lower Interior equipment 19
216. lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Restraint systems 87 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Driving Practical hints Car care Operation Restraint systems Warning USE CHILD RESTRAINTS PROPERLY Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in the back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child rest
217. lates deactivation can be accomplished upon your This could result in serious injuries or death written election to do so at your authorized should the side airbag be activated 2 always sit Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please upright properly use the seat belts and use an contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz appropriately sized infant or child restraint system Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at for all children 12 years old or under and 3 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details always wear seat belts properly Restraint systems 99 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Operation Driving msiument and controls cluster display Restraint systems Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning retractor and airbag Warning e Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Airbags and ETR s are designed to function on a one time only basis An airbag or emergency tensioning retractor ETR that was activated must be replaced e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or removing any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim materi
218. lb Wear eye and hand protection Instrument cluster display Practical hints 360 Replacing bulbs Warning Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Notes To prevent a possible electrical short circuit switch off lamp prior to replacing a bulb When replacing bulbs install only 12 volt bulbs with the specified watt rating When replacing halogen bulbs do not touch glass portion of bulb with bare hands Use plain paper or a clean cloth If the newly installed bulb does not light up switch the lamp off and on again If the bulb still does not light up have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamp assembly P82 10 2197 26 P82 10 2198 26 i ear amp COVE TOTE ean DEA AND PAKE 2 Electrical connector for high beam headlamp bulb and standing lamp 3 Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp Warning 4 Bulb holder for turn signal lamp Do not remove cover 5 for Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician 5 Cover for Xenon type headlamp bulb Exterior lamps 361 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints Instruments Instrument
219. les with KEYLESS GO A blinking lamp 1 indicates that the alarm is armed Operation Once the alarm system has been armed the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm will sound when someone e opens a door e opens the trunk or e opens the hood The alarm will last approximately 2 minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps At the same time an alarm will sound for 30 seconds The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immediately closed If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency Call is initiated automatically See Tele Aid on page 216 Notes When you unlock the driver s door with the mechanical key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound To cancel the alarm e insert the electronic key in the starter switch e press button or on the electronic key or e vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever Antitheft alarm system 63 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Tow away alarm Tow away alarm The switch is located in the center console 1 Press to switch off 2 Indicator lamp cluster display 64 Practical hints Car care The Tow away alarm is armed within approximately 30 seconds if both doors and th
220. ly The indicator lamp in the button goes out The system switches automatically to the air recirculation mode if the carbon monoxide CO or nitrogen oxides NO concentration of the outside air increases beyond a predetermined level The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if economy mode AC is selected or if the outside temperature has fallen below 40 F 5 C Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Automatic climate control The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside or if the passenger compartment needs to be quickly heated or cooled down Switching on the activated charcoal filter and activating convenience closing of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the J button is not illuminated Press and hold button J until the side windows and the sliding pop up roof are closed The indicator lamp in the button illuminates Switching off activated charcoal filter and activating convenience opening of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the J button is illuminated Press and hold button REJ until the side windows and the sliding pop up roof are in the desired position The indicator lamp in the button goes out i Practical hints cluster display Economy mode The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode However because the air conditioning compr
221. ly You must be recognize another vehicle coming into your path close prepared to intercede with accelerator or brake to the front of your vehicle You must be prepared to application as necessary intercede with braking or steering as necessary A vehicle not traveling directly in front of you could cause detection problems the actual distance to that vehicle really being much shorter ETAN LU OS ule i P54 70 2163 26 P54 70 2164 26 A vehicle changing lanes at close range is only A narrow vehicle e g a motorcycle is only recognized recognized when entering the area scanned by when entering the area scanned by Distronic You must Distronic You must apply the service brakes to gain apply the service brakes to gain sufficient distance to sufficient distance to the vehicle ahead the vehicle ahead Driving systems 269 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Driving systems Distance warning function Even if Distronic is deactivated the distance to the vehicle ahead continues to be measured see page 273 for multifunction display The Distronic lamp in the speedometer dial illuminates to advise the driver of a situation which under normal braking conditions and dry surfaces should have been addressed by the driver The distance warning function can be activated separately see page 271
222. m 42 Choosing global or selective mode Checking last KEYLESS GO card locking mode EX EEO cane Briefly press button 1 The indicator lamp 2 or 3 lights up in red vehicle locked or in green vehicle unlocked P80 30 2027 26 To choose between the selective or global opening mode press and hold button 1 until the indicator lamp at the requested symbol 2 or 3 comes on Simultaneous use of electronic key and KEYLESS GO card When using the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO card at the same time the electronic key overrules the KEYLESS GO card If the engine is started with the start stop button on the gear selector lever and afterwards the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch the engine continues to run with the gear selector lever in positions R N D plus ranges 4 3 2 1 until it is stopped by using the start stop button on the gear selector lever Central locking system Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch while the gear selector lever is in position P the electronic key takes over The vehicle operates according to the electronic key position in the starter switch see page 228 eventually even stopping the engine Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLE
223. malfunction and warning messages Display 2 will reappear after you have scanned all the malfunction and warning messages Should any malfunction or warning messages be stored while driving they will reappear in the display 2 when the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch The malfunction or warning messages will now be displayed for approximately 5 seconds each Pressing the button in the instrument cluster displays the next malfunction and warning message immediately The message memory will be cleared when the Important electronic key is turned in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 Should any subsequent faults occur they will be displayed in the message memory Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and displayed to a low level of detail The malfunction and warning messages are simply a Pressing the or button displays the next or reminder with respect to the operation of certain previous system systems and do not replace the driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages See page 303 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 139 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls
224. mbers the scheduled services as posted in the Service Booklet must be followed to properly care for your vehicle Tire inflation pressure monitor optional for Canada The tire inflation pressure as selected by the driver is monitored in all four wheels on the ground A warning is issued to the driver in the case of a decrease in the inflation pressure in one or more of the tires Warning The tire inflation pressure monitor does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the label affixed on the fuel filler flap See page 351 for tire inflation pressure The tire inflation pressure monitor is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden loss of pressure e g tire puncture caused by a foreign object In this case bring vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the service brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Tire inflation pressure monitor 153 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display Practical hints Car care Inquiry of present tire inflation pressure 80 60 6 100 7 100 20 o DN IT S aN VI 407 a 180 120 y 60 7 N 200 I i 20 Ki TIPE PRESSURE CPSI eae 140 20 2 Izol 17 l Go Ineo 7 260 4AN P54 30 3933 26 Le mphQ km h 2d Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Press or button on the multifunction steering wheel until the display for trip an
225. n Press the A on the air volume switch The display shows AUTO Automatic air distribution Press on both E igj knobs until they click in The Em Pag and RA symbols will no longer be visible The economy mode and air recirculation functions will be switched off The automatic blower will be activated at the same time Car care nS OAs Es Operation Driving nanen Practical hints and controls cluster display Automatic climate control 174 Special settings Air volume manual use only for short duration 3 Max P83 40 0491 21 Air distribution manual Press the air volume switch up or down Seven blower Press R amp A button The button pops out the km BA papas cathe wera and K symbols are visible Turn the button to select the air distribution desired m Air from the center side and door air outlets Wa Air from the center side door and windshield air outlets hed Air from the center side door and footwell air outlets To return to automatic mode Press the Q button until it clicks in The k Bay and Kg symbols will no longer be visible Defrosting P83 40 2009 21 Press the gg button The display shows gg Maximum heated and automatically controlled amount of air is directed to the defroster and windshield air outlets Switch off air recirculation if selected Press button RJ The indicator lamp in the button will go out Pressing the gg button again returns the syst
226. n 308 l RNO indicator lamp 300 ELEC STABIL PROG Arstad Ki susrrnenan anena 330 Hecron ry ke ne i Electronic stability program 309 FUSES ein NN 331 ESP warning aan Sea 301 COOLANT coolant level 310 Shelf below rear window 333 Distronic DTR COOLANT HOOO penea 334 warning lamp s e 301 coolant temperature 311 Checking engine oil level 337 Seat belt nonusage LIGHTING SYSTEM 312 Automatic transmission warning lamp unnn 302 LAMP SENSOR ccccccccccccccccccecees 314 Mad leve b ese donde vecetvesudscsrevecuaies 338 Malfunction and indicator SEAT BELT SYSTEM sisao ossen 314 Active body control lamp in the center console 302 TELEPHONE FUNCTION 315 ABC PUIG leve l chi tees seeks 338 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp a 302 CRUISE CONTROL E coc te 315 Coolant level eseesosooososooosooooososooosoooooo 339 Adding coolant ceeeeeeeeees 339 Contents Windshield and headlamp washer system ceseceessseceeees 340 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 340 Spare wheel vehicle tools storage compartment eee eeeeeseeeeees 341 WAC Ke aer ten aaemasnoes 342 NV INES seurain a a riences 343 Tire Replacement csceee 343 Rotating wheels ceeeeeeees 344 Pale WEE serrr 344 Changing wheels ccccssceeeees 346 Tire inflation pressure 004 351 DACE aitia e el 352 Jump starting
227. n be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes see below Selective unlocking mode Press transmit button once to unlock driver s door and fuel filler flap Press transmit button twice to unlock both doors fuel filler flap and trunk Global unlocking mode Press transmit button once to unlock both doors fuel filler flap and trunk Notes If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 52 The presently active unlocking mode selective or global can only be determined by unlocking the vehicle with the remote control see below for changing mode Central locking system Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the remote control neither door nor trunk is opened the electronic key is not inserted in the starter switch or the central locking switch is not activated the vehicle will automatically lock Locking Press transmit button once All turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked If they do not blink three times a door or trunk is not properly closed Note If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked by pressing the transmit button then it may be necessary to change the batteries in the electronic key if ok battery check lamp in electronic key will light briefly when pressing transmit button or to synchronize the remote control see
228. n booklet and your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed on the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties New vehicle limited warranty Emission system warranty 1 K 3 Emission performance warranty 4 California Massachusetts and Vermont emission control systems warranty Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Spare Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any Mercedes Benz Center Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels lh 1 Certification label on driver s B pillar Technical data Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 391 Instrument cluster display WTB 21D OSS 84000458 ng 00 eie ieee teal ne DLD A aJo P60 00 2077 26 2 Vehicle Identification Number VIN below right rear passenger seat Technical data Instruments Operation Driving msimment Practicalhints Technical and controls cluster display data Technical data 392 3 Engine number 4 VIN visible lower edge of windshield 5 Emission control label 6 Information label California version Vacuum line routing for emission control system When ordering spare parts
229. n front of the armrest see page 195 Warning To open Keep the cup holder closed while traveling Place Briefly press button 1 The cup holder opens only containers that fit into the cup holder to automatically prevent spills Do not fill containers to a height where the contents could spill during vehicle maneuvers especially hot liquids Interior equipment 199 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display Practical hints Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin cluster display Interior equipment To close Press button 4 to unlock cup holder and fold into the Fold second cup holder in direction of arrow 3 until it storage compartment until it engages engages Close the storage compartment To open Push front of sliding compartment the cup holder Slides out To close Push the sliding compartment back until it engages S Warning Keep the cup holder closed while traveling Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to prevent spills Do not fill containers to a height where the contents could spill during vehicle maneuvers especially hot liquids 5 Cup holder in rear seat armrest Interior equipment 201 Instruments and controls 1 ie Instrument Operation Driving Raat l DA HES UIC eH Operation Driving He TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Interior equipment 202 Ashtrays Cen
230. n this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Service Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Where to find it The Operator s Manual is divided into eight sections e Instruments and controls An overview of all the controls that can be operated from the driver s seat e Operation Information on the vehicle s equipment and its operation e Driving Important information on driving e Instrument cluster display Displays and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster with brief instructions e Practical hints Assistance and instructions in the event of an emergency e Car care Instructions on caring for your vehicle e Technical data All the important technical data for your vehicle as well as consumer information such as fuels coolants lubricants etc is contained here e Index Key terms to help you find a topic quickly Other documents may also be supplied depending on your vehicle s equipment Explanation of color used Warning notices for the protection of yourself and others appear on red background Introd
231. nal To synchronize insert electronic key in starter switch Replacement Battery Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent Electronic key 371 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving smeni Operation Driving ns cine Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display KEYLESS GO card 372 Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card Checking batteries Briefly press button 1 The indicator lamp Unlock driver s door 2 or Global Unlock 3 should come on red or green Change batteries if indicator lamps do not illuminate see page 373 P80 30 2027 26 Changing batteries Important Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal For disposal please follow manufacturer s recommendation on battery package Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent P80 61 2004 26 Pry open cover 1 e g by using a narrow blade screw driver and remove batteries Install new batteries as indicated by the and markings in the KEYLESS GO card KEYLESS GO card 373 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument f Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display PUES aa Operation Driving ns cine Practical hints and controls cluster display Emergency engine shut down 374 Emergency engine shut down Fuel filler flap manual
232. ndby bulb function 367 329 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Changing batteries in the electronic key 369 Synchronizing remote control oo eeeeeeteeeees 371 Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card 372 Emergency engine shut down 374 Fuel filler flap Manual release ec eeeeeseeeees 374 Emergency operation of Sliding pop Up roof eee 375 Replacing wiper blades 376 FROOE RACK moire aa 378 Practical hints Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls j cluster display First aid kit 330 First aid kit P91 27 2022 26 The first aid kit is located in the rear seat armrest 1 P91 27 2023 26 To open Press handle 2 upwards and fold the lid 3 up Remove the first aid kit To close Fold the lid 3 down until it engages Fuses Instruments and controls Fuses Most of your vehicle s electrical components are fused with safety fuses With the exception of the brake lights all individual lighting system components are electronically fused Before replacing a blown safety fuse determine the cause of the short circuit Always observe amperage and color of fuse The circuit for components is protected by a cycled circuit breaker interrupted if too much current is being drawn The circuit closes automatically after a short time the circuit is broken again if the malfunction r
233. nflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Follow recommended inflation pressures Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicated by the label on the driver s door latch post Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout cluster display Practical hints 352 Car care Battery Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Battery Instruments and controls P54 10 2036 26 The maintenance free battery is located in the trunk under the right hand wheel well cover panel For battery removal or installation or jump starting the vehicle first lift the trunk floor then turn lock 1 counterclockwise and remove cover Important Battery replacement information The service life of the battery is dependent on its condition of charge The battery should alw
234. ng system or antitheft alarm system Central locking system 47 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints 4 Individual door from inside Push lock button down to lock 5 Individual door from inside Pull handle to unlock When you lock the driver s door with the mechanical key the door lock button should move down The passenger door must be locked with the door lock button the driver s door can only be locked when it is closed an Operation Driving itame Practical hints and controls cluster display Central locking system 48 If the vehicle has previously been locked from the To unlock pull inside door handles or turn mechanical outside opening a door from the inside will trigger the key in driver s door lock to position 2 alarm When opening a door while the central locking Ri When unlocking the driver s door with the mechanical system is in the key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will e selective unlocking mode only that individual door sound is unlocked The remaining door the trunk and fuel To cancel the alarm filler flap remain locked e insert the electronic key in the st itch e global unlocking mode both doors the trunk and Teen ne a ee gC ET fuel filler flap are unlocked e press button or on the electronic key or e vehicles with KEYLESS GO Noten when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the When opening
235. ng gears and applying the brakes to maintain the speed selected by the driver The transmission will upshift again once the gradient evens out The speed can be increased e g for passing by using the accelerator After the accelerator is released the previously set speed will be resumed automatically Distronic is deactivated if a vehicle in front causes your vehicle to slow down to less than approx 25 mph Canada 40 km h A signal sounds and the message DISTRONIC OFF appears for 5 seconds in the multifunction display The vehicle speed displayed can briefly vary from the speed setting of the distronic system Additional driving hints Warning Distronic works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead at a distance set by Distronic This means that e your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you change lanes e while in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in front is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed Distronic regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead but does not register stationary objects in the roadway e g e a Stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle Driving systems Instrument
236. ng or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent the start of corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underside of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be reundercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care products Additional information can be found in the booklet titled Vehicle Care Guide Cleaning and care of the vehicle Instr
237. ng the indicator lamp in view Garage door opener Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation 209 Practical hints cluster display Using both hands simultaneously push the hand held transmitter button and the desired integrated remote control button Do not release the buttons until completing step 4 The indicator lamp on the integrated remote control will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator lamp flashes rapidly both buttons may be released the rapid flashing lamp indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal To program the remaining two buttons follow steps 1 through 4 Note If after repeated attempts you do not successfully program the integrated remote control device to learn the signal of the hand held transmitter the garage door opener could be equipped with the rolling code feature Car care Instruments Operation Driving and controls Garage door opener Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier 1 Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the transmit
238. ngine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by authorized Mercedes Benz Center qualified technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Service Booklet Instrument cluster display 296 Practical hints Car care Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open On board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp m Engine malfunction indicator lamp If the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running it indicates a malfunction of the fuel management system emission control system systems which impact emissions or the fuel cap is
239. nic key Carrying the card with you permits the use of the vehicle Instrument cluster display 30 Technical Car care A ae data Practical hints The validity of the KEYLESS GO card is checked every time when grasping a door handle or pushing the trunk lid release Once the KEYLESS GO card is recognized outside the vehicle the doors trunk lid and fuel filler flap are unlocked depending on the selected mode global or selective unlocking mode see page 42 Starter switch KEYLESS GO see page 230 Starting and turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see page 234 and page 234 Note In the case of a malfunction in the KEYLESS GO system we recommend that you carry the electronic key plus mechanical key with you and keep them in a safe place so that they are always handy Never leave the electronic key or a KEYLESS GO card in the vehicle Obtaining replacement keys Your vehicle is equipped with a theft deterrent locking system requiring a special key manufacturing process For security reasons replacement keys or the KEYLESS GO card can only be obtained from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Start lock out Note In case the engine cannot be started vehicle s battery is in order the system is not operational Contact an Operating with electronic key authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Important Removing the electronic key from th
240. nic key is removed from the starter switch or when the vehicle is locked using the KEYLESS GO card vehicles with keyless go see key dependent memory settings on page 113 Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window Also keep the air intake grill in front of the windshield free of snow and debris The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated See page 180 for notes on ventilating the storage space under the armrest in the center console The air conditioner switches itself off for its own protection if refrigerant is lost No cooling will then take place Economy mode AC cannot be switched off Have the air conditioner checked by a Mercedes Benz Center should this happen If the vehicle interior has been heated by direct sunlight and it is very hot ventilate the interior open door or windows for a short period before driving off Automatic climate control 171 Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Practical hints Operation Driving HES UIC eH Operation Driving He TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Automatic climate control 172 Dust filter Automatic maximum cooling MAXCOOL Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system A T T HAs COOL With the automatic climate control set to au
241. ning or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential danger the procedure can be immediately halted by releasing the remote control button To reverse direction of movement press for opening or for closing Note Warning If the windows and sliding pop up roof cannot be Never operate the windows or sliding pop up roof if operated automatically by pressing the transmit button there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by of the remote control then it may be necessary to change the closing procedure thie panes in the cee Key if oh Patery ENEEK In case the procedure causes potential danger the lamp in electronic key will light briefly when procedure can be immediately halted by releasing transmitting or to synchronize the remote control see the lock button To reverse direction of movement page 369 and 371 pull and hold outside door handle Convenience feature Operation with KEYLESS GO Continue to press lock button on door handle after locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately 1 second To interrupt closing procedure release lock button To reverse direction within 2 seconds after closing pull and hold door handle Opening of windows starts and continues for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened Ensure that all side windows and the sliding pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Central locking system 45 Ins
242. nk The button will blink for 60 minutes after closing the trunk Trunk lid emergency release Important vehicles built September 2001 and later The emergency trunk lid release button 1 does not open the trunk lid if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Illumination of the emergency release button 1 The button will blink for 30 minutes after opening the trunk The button will blink for 60 minutes after closing the trunk P80 20 2247 26 The emergency release button 1 is located in the trunk lid Briefly press emergency release button 1 The trunk unlocks and the trunk lid opens The vehicle production date e g 09 01 can be found on the certification label which is located on the driver s door pillar see page 391 Central locking system 61 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Antitheft alarm system Antitheft alarm system P82 50 0755 26 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console The antitheft alarm is automatically armed or disarmed with the remote control or the KEYLESS GO function by locking or unlocking the vehicle cluster display 62 Practical hints Car care The antitheft alarm is armed within approximately 15 seconds after locking the vehicle with the remote control or the lock button at each door handle vehic
243. nnot get out of the vehicle after the airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the potential and severity of injury It is important to your safety and that of your passenger that you replace deployed airbags and repair any malfunctioning airbags to ensure the vehicle will continue to provide crash protection for occupants Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear your seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and ensure that it is properly positioned on your body Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the airbag Occupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye Restraint systems Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 97 e Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest e Adjust the driver seat as far
244. not closed tight check the fuel cap If the CHECK ENGINE lamp is illuminated continuously and the vehicle is driving normally you may still drive the vehicle however in all cases we recommend that you have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If the CHECK ENGINE lamp comes on continuously and or the vehicle is not driving normally e g malfunction of the fuel management system or running out of fuel serious damage can occur to the emission system Please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately The Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection SFI control module monitors emission control components that either provide input signals to or receive output signals from the control module Malfunctions resulting from interruptions or failure of any of these components are indicated by the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster and are simultaneously stored in the SFI control module If the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp comes on have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Malfunction and indicator lamps Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Practical hints cluster display With some exceptions the control module switches off the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp if the condition causing the lamp to come on no longer exists during three consecu
245. ns metal foil e To lock or unlock the vehicle the card must be recognized by the system as being located outside the vehicle The card must be in close proximity to a door or the trunk lid approx 3 ft 1 m To activate the start stop button function the KEYLESS GO card must be recognized by the system as being located inside the vehicle e If the KEYLESS GO card is positioned farther away from the vehicle e g inside clothing or a briefcase and can no longer be recognized by the system the vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system Central locking system Instruments Instrument Operation Driving and controls f Practical hints Car care cluster display e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is removed from the vehicle while the engine is running or by placing the card in front of the center armrest see page 195 the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED will appear repeatedly in the multifunction display see page 324 Find the card or change its present location e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket If the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED is ignored for an extended period of time approx 15 minutes the engine could stop by itself during a vehicle stop e g traffic light The vehicle can then no longer be centrally locked or the engine restarted You must first find the card or change its present location e g place it on the front passen
246. ns TESST i Practical hints and controls cluster display Replacing wiper blades 376 Replacing wiper blades e Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 e Turn combination switch to position I see page 164 e With wiper arms in position shown above turn electronic key in starter switch to position 0 For safety reasons remove electronic key from starter switch before replacing a wiper blade otherwise the motor can suddenly turn on and cause injury Notes Do not open engine hood with wiper arm folded forward Do not allow the wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted The glass may be scratched or broken P82 30 2066 26 To prevent damage to the hood or the wipers the wiper arms should only be folded forward while in the position Make certain that the wiper blades are properly shown above installed An improperly installed wiper blade may cause windshield damage Installation Install wiper blade onto the wiper arm by inserting pin 4 into take up 3 Rotate wiper blade into position parallel to wiper arm P82 30 2089 26 Removal Fold the wiper arm 1 forward and turn the wiper blade 2 at a right angle to wiper arm Remove wiper blade from wiper arm Replacing wiper blades 377 Instruments and controls Operation Driving Pats ahs i Practical hints Instruments Operation and controls P Roof rack Roof rack cluster display Practic
247. nside vehicle and no other key is available contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your password which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement Then return to your vehicle and press trunk lock for minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your Acquaintance Call The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature i Practical hints cluster display Notes The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the trunk button was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pressing the trunk button again Stolen vehicle tracking services In the event your vehicle was stolen report the incident to the polic
248. ntilation setting minimum Press button 1 again One blue indicator lamp above the button lights up Turning off the seat ventilation Press button 1 again The indicator lamps go out The seat ventilation is switched off Manual activation Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Level 3 ventilation setting maximum Press button 1 Three blue indicator lamps above the button light up Power head restraints rear Important For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Notes Both head restraints fold up or back together The head restraints will position themselves automatically when the seats are occupied seat belt P54 25 2134 26 buckled The switches are located on the front and rear center console Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Activate switch 1 Place head restraints upright 2 Fold head restraints backward Seats 81 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Restraint systems Seat belts and integrated restraint system Your vehicle is equipped with seat belts for all seats emergency tensioning retra
249. o level ground and measure again The electronic key in starter switch is not in position 2 if the ENGINE OIL LEVEL IGNITION ON PLEASE message appears The ENGINE OIL LEVEL MEASUREMENT IN PROCESS message is displayed after approximately 3 seconds Car care Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Engine oil level indicator One of the following messages will subsequently appear on the indicator ENGINE OIL LEVEL O K No oil needs to be added ENGINE OIL LEVEL ADD 1 0 QUART Canada 1 0 L ENGINE OIL LEVEL ADD 1 5 QUART Canada 1 5 L ENGINE OIL LEVEL ADD 2 0 QUART Canada 2 0 L See Checking engine oil level on page 337 for instructions on adding engine oil ENGINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL Do not overfill the engine Excessive oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The MEASURING NOT POSSIBLE message will be displayed if a proper oil level check cannot be performed The engine oil level check can be repeated after a short while q Practical hints cluster display Car care CL 500 and CL 55 AMG only Perform the engine oil level check with the dipstick if it cannot be completed via the multifunction display See Checking engine oil level page 337 In this case we recommend that you have
250. o place Exterior lamps Instruments and controls Stop lamp High mounted stop lamp Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror The stop lamps the high mounted stop lamp 3rd brake lamp and the additional turn signals on the exterior mirrors are equipped with LEDs Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if a malfunction occurs Standby bulb function The rear fog lamp dimmed will act as a replacement lamp if the bulb in the inner left hand taillamp stops working The inner taillamp acts as a replacement for the right or left hand bulb of the outer taillamp if it stops working as a parking lamp Notes The multifunction display will indicate that a bulb has failed See malfunction and warning messages on page 303 367 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Operation Driving moument Operation Driving nes nT Practical hints and controls cluster display Exterior lamps 368 Low beam switchable for left or right hand drive Driving in countries with left hand traffic requires the headlamps to be switched over accordingly 1 Asymmetric low beam right hand traffic 2 Symmetric low beam left hand traffic Turn lever to the respective position until it locks in place P82 10 2478 26 Changing batteries in the electronic key P80 20 2201 26 P80 35 2029 26 1 Transmit buttons Changing batteries 2 Lamp for battery check and function control Move locking t
251. ocked during the closing procedure the window will stop during the last few inches before closure and open slightly When pressing and holding the switch EAN to close the window and upward movement of the window is blocked during the last few inches before closure it will stop but not open slightly Warning Blocking of rear side window operation When closing the windows be sure that there is no If no operation of the rear side windows by switch for danger of anyone being harmed by the closing instance by children is desired slide override procedure switch 5 to the right the Ej symbol becomes In case of obstruction the automatic reversal will visible see page 183 not operate if a door window is being closed by Operation of the rear side windows with the switches pressing the switch to its resistance point and located in the driver s door is still possible holding it there or when using the electronic key The closing procedure of door windows can be j e e s h Z j Ws immediately reversed by either pressing the switch Synchronizing power windo or pressing button on the electronic key and If the power supply was interrupted battery holding it or vehicle with KEYLESS GO when disconnected or low the windows cannot be opened or carrying the KEYLESS GO card pull and hold a closed by the express feature door handle l l To resynchronize the express feature press EAN side of power window switch until the windo
252. ol 33 KEYLESS GO nannaa 37 Opening and closing windows and sliding pop up roof Fom outside seuna 44 Panic DUTON sscvacnsenieeidecsiowsetcaes 46 Mechanical keys eeeeeessoeeseesssesee 46 DOOS entm oiesebetiaessnaniias 47 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid 49 Central locking switch 49 Automatic central locking 51 Emergency unlocking in case of accident eee 51 TUNK gsgecesicisten tae a Ar 52 TUNKI e 55 Instrument j Practical hints cluster display 26 Trunk lid release switch Trunk lid release close switch 57 Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built prior to September 2001 ceeeeeeeee 60 Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built September 2001 TN TAROT enen 61 Antitheft alarm system 62 Tow away alarm Easy entry exit feature Front seat adjustment 67 Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 71 Backrest nenna a 72 Lumbar support sseeseseesseeesseessseesssees 74 Multicontour backrest 0 74 Seat heater waka tote crescent a 76 Seat ventilation system 79 Power head restraints rear 81 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 82 Seat WEIS enana 82 Car care Seat belt nonusage warning system eeeesseeeesseeeeees 83 BabySmart airbag deactivation system ose000000 8
253. ommended by Mercedes Benz Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Driving instructions Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 247 Practical hints cluster display Caution When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately parking so the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Driving off Apply the service brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow one drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Driving instructions 248 Parking Important It is advisa
254. on display continues to show the distance to the vehicle ahead if so selected see page 273 The distance warning function can be activated separately see page 270 In Distronic mode if the distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced to the extent permitted by reduced throttle and up to 20 of vehicle braking power so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance see page 271 Maximum range of detection is approximately 500 ft 150 m Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving f Practical hints cluster display Any given speed between 25 mph Canada 40 km h and 110 mph Canada 180 km h can be maintained with the Distronic by operating the control lever on the steering column Warning Distronic is a convenience system its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping distance rests always with the driver Distronic cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Warning Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information ca
255. onic brakes up to 20 of vehicle braking power the vehicle to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically applied as this happens Keep driver s foot area clear at all times including the area under the brake pedal Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Driving systems Invalid attempts to activate The multifunction display will show MPH during invalid attempts to activate Distronic Distronic will not activate in the following situations e below a speed of approx 25 mph Canada 40 km h e while the electronic stability program ESP is switched off ESP warning lamp in speedometer dial is illuminated see page 114 e by moving the distronic control lever in RESUME direction 4 when no speed is stored in memory e during the initialization and self test phase after the engine is started this can take up to 2 minutes e while depressing the service brake pedal e while the parking brake is set check warning lamp Canada ROJ in instrument cluster see page 114 e with the gear selector lever in position P R or N check gear range indicator display in instrument cluster see page 114 See page 327 for malfunction and warning messages if the Distronic is malfunct
256. onsidered worn and should be replaced The tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Driving instructions Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Warning Do not allow your tires to wear down too far As tread depth approaches in 1 5 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subjected to high loads e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temperatures Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Car care LENS TUTE Operation Driving Lins TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Driving instructions 250 Aquaplaning We recommend M S rated radial ply tires for the winter season for all four wheels to insure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance as compared with summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not snow or ice covered Depending on the depth of the water layer on the
257. oof rack e g presence of an restriction activated deactivate it MB sport luggage container When activated the trunk lid opens to below the roof line of the vehicle To activate Press upper half of trunk lid opening closing switch for a minimum of 5 seconds To deactivate Press upper half of trunk lid opening closing switch for a minimum of 5 seconds Central locking system 59 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Central locking system Trunk lid emergency release vehicles built prior to September 2001 P80 20 2247 26 The emergency release button 1 is located in the trunk lid Briefly press emergency release button 1 All doors the fuel filler flap and the trunk unlock and the trunk lid opens The vehicle production date e g 09 01 can be found on the certification label which is located on the driver s door pillar see page 391 i Practical hints cluster display Note The emergency release button 1 only unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is not in motion Important The emergency trunk lid release button 1 does not open the trunk lid if the trunk has been locked using the mechanical key or if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Illumination of the emergency release button 1 The button will blink for 30 minutes after opening the tru
258. or movement stops when the button is released i Practical hints cluster display Car care Caution Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the backrest is in an excessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move backrest to an upright position Important Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should check and adjust if necessary the seat height seat position fore and aft and backrest angle to insure adequate control reach and comfort The head restraint should also be adjusted for proper height See also airbag section for proper seat positioning In addition also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the inside and outside rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rearward vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts should be done before the vehicle is put into motion Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the pa
259. orage ring 2 and store in a convenient place e g glove box Practical hints 104 P91 40 2202 26 To secure a tether strap to the anchorage securely fasten the hook 3 which is part of the tether strap to the anchorage ring 2 For safety please make sure that the hook has attached to the ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated After removing the tether strap reinstall the cover 1 Steering wheel adjustment Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving 1 Adjusting the steering wheel while driving could cause the driver to lose the control of the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the driver s door open Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access P68 00 2011 26 to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury The stalk is located on the steering column To adjust the steering wheel position turn the electronic 1 Steering column lengthen or shorten column key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 With the driver s Move the stalk to the front or rear door open the steering wheel can also be operated with the electronic key removed or in starter switch 2 Steering column height position 0 However any adjustment will be cancelled Move the
260. osition 1 hold and push to open The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system When unlocking the trunk with the mechanical key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound To cancel the alarm Important e insert the electronic key in the starter switch Do not place mechanical key inside trunk since trunk is locked again when closing the lid if the vehicle has been previously centrally locked e press button or on the electronic key or e vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened see page 374 Central locking system 53 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 54 P88 50 2127 26 P54 25 2392 26 Vehicles without trunk lid opening closing system Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system Lower trunk lid using handle 1 and close it with hands Press trunk lid button 2 briefly The trunk lid closes placed flat on trunk lid Please remember to keep your automatically fingers out of the space between the lid and the vehicle The trunk lid can also be closed with the trunk lid opening closing switch located on the driver s door see page 57 Warning To prevent p
261. ossible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around Always be sure persons who might get injured are away from the trunk area when you operate the trunk lid closing button located on the vehicle door To interrupt the hydraulic power closing assist mechanism press trunk lid close button 2 inside the trunk lid push in trunk lid lock or press button on the electronic key Notes The automatic closing process is interrupted if the trunk lid is pushed against an object The trunk lid will reverse slightly and stop In its final closing stage the hydraulic power closing assist mechanism releases the trunk lid which then drops into the lock by its own weight Now the trunk lid will stop but not reverse slightly Investigate and correct the cause of interruption Now press trunk lid close button 2 again to close the trunk lid Central locking system Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation cluster display 55 Practical hints In case of a malfunction the trunk lid can be opened and closed manually To open unlock trunk lid with the mechanical key and open lid by hand see page 52 To close lower trunk lid with hands placed flat on trunk lid Please remember to keep your fingers out of the space between the lid and the vehicle Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible in
262. ot be serious damage to the drive train which is not covered BVH OP ee aoe TOA yA on by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning The ESP warning lamp located in the speedometer dial l l starts to flash at any vehicle speed as soon as the tires ESP should not be switched off during normal lose traction and the wheels begin to spin driving other than in circumstances described above Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle To return to the enhanced vehicle stability offered by stability in standard driving maneuvers ESP press lower half 2 of the switch the ESP warning lamp in the speedometer dial goes out Important If the ESP warning lamp flashes e during take off apply as little throttle as possible e while driving ease up on the accelerator Driving systems 281 Instruments and controls Operation Driving WSL Practical hints cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Driving systems Active body control ABC The switch is located on the center console Press the switch when the engine is running 1 Suspension for sporty driving style 2 Suspension for regular driving style 3 Indicator lamp for sporty driving style Practical hints Car care cluster display The maximum suspension range is selected automatically according to the selected ABC mode 1 or 2 road condition and driving style The selected suspension style is stored in memory even with th
263. ote With the electronic key removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicle s exterior lamps except standing lamps are not switched off Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding allowable lamp operation Fog lamps are automatically switched off when the exterior lamp switch is turned to position WJ or W HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Exterior lamp switch 160 Headlamp mode Automatic headlamp mode Manual headlamp mode Turn exterior lamp switch to position Eig The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can be e Electronic key in starter switch position 1 switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch For exterior lamp switch see above The parking lamps switch on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light Note e Electronic key in starter switch position 2 and the With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the a engine running the low beam headlamps can not be The low beam headlamps and parking lamps are switched off manually switched on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light Warning The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can The driver is responsible for the operation of the still be switch
264. ou are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline What you should know at the gas station Instruments Operation and controls p Driving Instrument cluster display 291 Practical hints Open flap by briefly pushing near rear arrow and folding up Turn fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure in tank has been released then remove cap Failure to remove slowly could result in personal injury To close the fuel filler flap fold flap down and press past the point of resistance See page 374 for manual release of fuel filler flap Fuel To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit Only fill fuel tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or overfill Warning Overfilling of fuel tank may result in creating pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge such as the gas spraying back out upon removing the filler nozzle which could cause personal injury Instruments Operation and controls P Driving What you should know at the gas station Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the CHECK ENGINE lamp to illuminate see page 296 for notes on the CHECK ENGINE lamp Fuel tank capacity approx 23 2 US gal 88 0 1 This includes approx 2 9 US gal 11 0 1 reserve Use
265. ouch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc i Practical hints cluster display Car care Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from the intrusion of water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight Use only a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently Rinse with clear water and thoroughly wipe dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Due to the width of the vehicle prior to running the Ornamental moldings vehicle through an automatic car wash fold back the outside mirrors to prevent them from getting damaged ror euiar Cea ani ao rye city Caneme plated parts use a chrome cleaner In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt ible i i as soon as possible Headlamps taillamps turn signal lenses Wh
266. ousing Refer to page 251 for driving with snow chains e between 0 mph 0 km h and 35 mph 60 km h lowered progressively by approx inch 10 mm e between 35 mph 60 km h and 100 mph 160 km h lowered progressively by additional e at standstill raised by approx one half inch approx one half inch 14 mm 14 mm e between 35 mph 60 km h and 100 mph 160 km h lowered progressively by approx one half inch 14 mm e at standstill raised by approx one inch 24 mm Speed dependent lowering of vehicle chassis approximate values Driving systems 285 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Parking system Parking assist Parktronic optional The Parktronic system assists the driver during parking maneuvers It visually and audibly indicates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle The front area of the vehicle is monitored when driving forward When reversing or with the gear selector lever in position N the front as well as the rear areas are monitored With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 Parktronic engages automatically at speeds up to approximately 10 mph 15 km h and deactivates during higher speeds Parktronic can be switched off by a control switch located in the center console It engages automatically again when startin
267. ovement To install Press switch 1 downwards and hold for about 5 seconds Press the head restraint down until it engages Adjust head restraint to the desired position Warning Caution For your protection drive only with properly Do not remove head restraints except when mounting positioned head restraints seat covers Whenever restraints have been removed be Adjust head restraint to support the back of the sure to reinstall them before driving head approximately at ear level Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Seats 71 HEE SONU en Operation Driving an Practical hints and controls cluster display Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Seats Backrest Folding forward Lift release lever and fold backrest forward The seat will automatically slide forward and the head restraint will move down Folding back Lift release lever and fold backrest back The seat and head restraint return to their previous positions To interrupt the procedure activate the power seat switch located in the front door 72 Warning The seat belts provide protection only with the backrest locked in place and therefore must be locked in place with the vehicle in motion Do not drive the vehicle when the backrest is not locked in place If th
268. ow curtain airbags Restraint systems Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster display 95 Side impact airbags The side impact airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding a preset threshold Only the side impact airbags on the impacted side of the vehicle deploy The side impact airbag for the front passenger deploys only if the front passenger seat is occupied The side impact airbag for the right rear passenger deploys only if a preset threshold is exceeded The side impact airbag for the left rear passenger deploys together with the side impact airbag for the driver Side impact airbags operate best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Note Heavy objects on front passenger seat can cause the front passenger side impact airbag to deploy in a crash HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Restraint systems 96 Window curtain airbags In cases of other frontal impacts angled impacts roll overs other side impacts rear collisions or other accidents the airbags will not be activated The driver and passengers will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The head protection window curtain airbags afford greater protection against injuries to the head and upper body They fill up in the area between the A and C pillars see arrows between the side windows and an occupan
269. perational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the Have the system checked at your authorized system checked otherwise the SRS may not be Mercedes Benz Center immediately activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury crash sensor are detected and indicated the SRS indicator lamp stays on longer than 4 seconds or does not come on Note See page 299 for information on the supplemental restraint system SRS indicator lamp Restraint systems 93 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Restraint systems The driver and passenger front airbags are designed to Note activate only in certain frontal impacts exceeding a preset threshold The front passenger airbag deploys only if the front passenger seat is occupied and the indicator lamp on the center console is not illuminated Heavy objects on the front passenger seat can appear to the SRS to indicate the presence of an occupant in that seat which causes the passenger front airbag to deploy in a crash exceeding the appropriate threshold Side impact airbags window curtain airbags 3 Side impact airbags 4 Wind
270. perator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA In Canada Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive 849 Eglinton Avenue East Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 Introduction 11 Introduction 12 We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described i
271. perature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure Index Instruments and controls Index A ABS Antilock brake System eeeeseeseesteeseereeeees 276 Malfunction indicator lamp 00 eeeeeeseeeteeeeeees 300 ACTIVE BODY CONTROL malfunction and warning messages ceeeeeeee 316 Active body control ABC sssesessssssessessesssessessrssessseses 282 Active body control ABC fluid level oe 338 AIR CLEANER malfunction and warning messages eceeeee 325 Air conditioner refrigerant cccccsssccesssecesseeeseeees 401 Air distribution Manual E 174 ALE VOLUME Mantdl cesna 174 Airbag deactivation system esseessserssseesreesssessssesssressees 88 Airbag OFF indicator lamp ce ecesecesseceeseeeeeeees 302 AIDAS S Pcs st ah eee os sce cosa ties tuateat acuaauadedueta Moceueseess 92 PRO MUA DAG Sy ressouna ohicieeieee 92 DICE TIMPACl di DACS ea 95 Window curtain airbags
272. pty Synchronize ESP see page 279 JISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 4437 21 Line 1 Line 2 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP ESP VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 Malfunction and warning messages 309 Instrument Instruments Operation Driving Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Malfunction and warning messages COOLANT coolant level COOLANT CHECK LEVEL P54 30 2137 21 Line 1 Line 2 COOLANT CHECK LEVEL C Category see page 303 When this message appears while driving the coolant level has dropped below the required level If no leaks are noticeable and the engine temperature does not increase continue to drive to the nearest service station and have coolant added to the coolant system Practical hints cluster display The low engine coolant level warning should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty In cases of major or frequent minor coolant loss have the cooling system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Notes Do not drive without coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Monitor the coolant temperature gauge while driving see page 117 See page 339 for instructions on topping up the coolant W
273. ractical hints cluster display At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure results in applying the advantages of the ABS namely braking power and ability to steer the vehicle In the case of an emergency brake maneuver keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal In this manner only can the ABS be most effective On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even with light brake pedal pressure because of the increased likelihood of locking wheels The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving ABS control The ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 and should go out with the engine running When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while the engine is running it indicates that the ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off In this case the brake system functions in the usual manner but without antilock assistance For ABS malfunction indicator lamp see page 300 With the ABS malfunctioning the BAS and ESP are also switched off The ABS malfunction indicator lamp and the
274. raints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint 88 Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning BabySmart airbag deactivation system Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center are required for use with the BabySmart airbag deactivation system With the special child seat properly installed the passenger front airbag will not deploy The indicator lamp located on the center console will be illuminated except with electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 The system does not deactivate the door mounted side impact airbag BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 the indicator lamp located on the center console comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then extinguishes If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat See page 302 for notes on the indicator lamp Restraint sy
275. re sesesseeseeessessess 311 CRUISE CONTR Olle estes secs uc cas tetas te tasesdaerenssetaceatscdateats 315 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE engine control unit 304 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE several systems 304 DES FRONIC DER Mecestenasutetedern cana seenceetcucsacnoonaes 327 DOOR srusen ansccnhsesiete sedan ected etncnc tncnetactauivedies 322 ELEG STABUS PROG cir 309 ENGINE OU DEVE Lisachevineatecrtieretessieddatete 320 ENTRY POSUION senca 306 HOOD eeann meres veteran cere pes eters 323 IEA ebsites E E E EET EE ETE 322 Iain SENSOR aerei NAE 314 LIGHTING SYSTEM ge 312 PARKING BRAKE hici cisiei Gadsdataecanateniastiteass 308 SEAT BACKRES is sect satan hes eked tenendes cee ater ens 321 SPAT BELT SYSTEM Geet meee rent E 314 SIE GEG WOR LEVER sirno aaa 325 TELE AID eee eee ete mm meme reer eee ene ee ener 323 TELEPHONE FUNCTION iaiisenisaaa 315 HRE PRESSURE ai N 318 TRUNK OPEN 5 ceiostenasi lorie pucseas an dane ientusetactes 308 VAS ES sD siriene ea 326 Malfunction warning message Memory 008 138 Manual operation of sliding pop up roof 6 375 Mechanical KEYS anios E E E 46 Memory TURCU OI Serera iE ONNAN T 111 Mirror exterior Parkhe 0 SUMO soi Aa 108 Index 415 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints Mirror exterior adjusting oo eee eesseeeteceteeeeeeeeees 107 Mirror exterior parking position ont passenger SIUC verseire
276. refully before operating the system Car care Persa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 260 Note Warning For operation in the USA only This device complies Only use Distronic if the traffic and weather with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady the following two conditions speed 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and Use of Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not 2 this device must accept any interference received allow safe driving at a steady speed including interference that may cause undesired operation Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slippery _ roads Rapid changes in tire adhesion can result in Any unauthorized modification to this device could void wheel spin and loss of control a Use S ALAO PO O Polaron Bape Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Distronic does not recognize accordingly and will not react to stationary objects It is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it 3 Canceling
277. release If the engine can no longer be stopped using the electronic key or the start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO the engine can be turned off by withdrawing two fuses For easy removal of fuses use the fuse extractor supplied with vehicle tool kit to pull out the fuses marked on the fuse chart as ENGINE EMERGENCY OFF The fuse chart is also located in the vehicle tool kit see page 341 For fuses see page 331 P80 20 2103 26 Remove the battery cover See page 352 and the trim inside the trunk on the right hand side Pull the release knob arrow and open the fuel filler flap Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof P77 00 2022 26 P77 00 2023 26 The sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed Obtain crank 2 supplied with vehicle and insert manually should an electrical malfunction occur through hole The sliding pop up roof drive is located behind the lens To slide roof closed or to raise the roof at the rear of the left interior overhead light turn crank clockwise Pry off the interior light lens 1 using a screwdriver To slide the roof open or to lower the roof at the rear Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 turn crank counterclockwise See page 188 for instructions on synchronizing the Sliding pop up roof after closing manually Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof 375 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 LENS TUTE Operation Driving E
278. rical consumers while driving in stop and go traffic This precaution helps to avoid draining of the battery Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized by turning off the following power consumers for example Heated seats rear window defroster In addition the automatic climate air volume control should be set to the lowest position Starting and turning off the engine Before starting Ensure that parking brake is engaged and that selector lever is in position P or N Important In areas where temperatures frequently drop below 4 F 20 C we recommend that an engine block heater be installed Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will advise you on this subject see page 253 Starting with the electronic key Do not depress accelerator Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 2 Briefly turn electronic key in starter switch clockwise to the stop and release The starter will engage until the engine is running If engine will not run and the starting procedure stops turn electronic key completely to the left and repeat starting the engine Starting and turning off the engine Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving cluster display After several unsuccessful attempts have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Important Due to the installed starter non repeat feature the electronic key must be turned
279. ring and braking maneuvers For reference on changing wheels see page 343 3 For tire inflation pressure monitor see page 153 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 EE practical hints cluster display Tire pressure in one or more tires is low Check and correct tire pressure according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap For tire inflation pressure see page 351 The tire inflation pressure monitor must be activated again after the tire inflation pressure has been corrected see page 153 When the message appears after starting the engine the tire inflation pressure on all road wheels should be checked and corrected according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap For tire inflation pressure see page 351 The tire inflation pressure monitor must be activated again after the tire inflation pressure has been corrected see page 153 The tire inflation pressure monitor system is unable to monitor the tire pressure due to the presence of several wheel electronics in the vehicle e g a deflated road wheel in the trunk or nearby radio interference source or excessive wheel sensor temperatures or unrecognized wheel sensors mounted The tire inflation pressure monitor is defective or a wheel without proper sensor was installed Visit your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Instrument Instruments Operation Driving Practical hints Car care an
280. rivin and controls p 5 Automatic transmission Program mode selector switch The transmission is provided with a selector switch 1 for Standard S and Winter Wet snow and ice W program modes The program mode currently selected is indicated in the gear range indicator display Practical hints cluster display 242 Standard mode Press switch on symbol S Use this mode for all regular driving The vehicle starts out in Ist gear Accelerator Operation Fast on depressing the accelerator pedal quickly not into kickdown position while driving continuously rather than depressing the accelerator pedal in the usual manner will cause the automatic transmission to shift down into a lower gear This gear shifting process is dependent on the current vehicle speed Fast off there will be no upshift when releasing the accelerator pedal quickly e g using the engine s braking power during performance driving Winter Wet snow and ice mode Press switch on symbol W The vehicle starts out in 2nd gear except with selector lever in 1st gear or with accelerator pedal in kick down position The W mode helps to improve traction and driving stability of the vehicle The gear shifting process occurs at lower vehicle and engine speeds than in the S program mode Caution Never change the program mode when the selector lever is out of position P It could result
281. riving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly country Driving instructions Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Practical hints cluster display Drinking and driving Warning Drinking or taking drugs and driving can be a very dangerous combination Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgement The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Please don t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or taking drugs Pedals Warning Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Driving instructions Power assistance Warning When the engine is not running the brake and steering systems are without power assistance Under these circumstances a much greater effort is necessary to stop or steer the vehicle Brakes Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components or salty road conditions the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking effect Be sure to maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal wil
282. rn among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends the use of only quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e warm up hesitation e unstable idle e knocking pinging e misfire e power loss Do not blend other specific fuel additives with fuel They only result in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e corrosion protection e freeze protection e boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C and corrosion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase in the boil over protection You should have it replaced ev
283. road aquaplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is Tire speed rating always lower than on a dry road CL 500 and CL 600 Your vehicle is factory equipped with H rated tires which have a speed rating of 130 mph 210 km h Vehicles with Sport Package Warning Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 188 mph 300 km h If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be P 8 ph h substantially reduced Under such weather An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from conditions drive steer and brake with extreme exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h caution You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point CL55 AMG Snow chains Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires Use only snow chains that are tested and recommended which have a speed rating of 188 mph 300 km h by Mercedes Benz Your authorized Mercedes Benz An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from Center will be glad to advise you on this subject exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h Chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow Despite the tire rating local speed limits should be the manufact
284. s and controls Driving Operation Instrument cluster display The driver must always be on the alert and observe all traffic and intercede with steering and braking inputs as necessary Important When starting the engine Distronic goes through an initialization and self test phase this can take up to 2 minutes The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a by a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC CLEAN SENSOR appears in the multifunction display Warning Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions For cleaning and care of the Distronic sensor see page 384 Restart the engine after cleaning the sensor The following are some sample situations which may influence the functions of Distronic 267 Practical hints Car care PUES aa Operation Driving nsten Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 268 T N ig J P54 70 2161 26 P54 70 2162 26 Traveling through turns or bends in the roadway may The Distronic system s detection zone is relatively result in Distronic detecting a moving vehicle traveling narrow at the start and becomes broader as it senses in front but not in your lane of travel causing your further from the vehicle Thus Distronic may not vehicle to brake late or unexpected
285. seetees 397 Maln dimensions sisirin rnn A E 398 Rims and ES onrera E A 395 WenS enn a 398 Te Ad seenen a E 216 Emergency calls ccsccccssseccsssoresssctevesserssseesseserees 217 A Orao en N 221 Initiating an emergency call manually 0 219 Roadside Assistance sesessesesseeesseesssessseesssessseesse 220 TELE AID malfunction and warning messages ceeeeeeeee 323 TOTO DOING oieee EEN E S 129 General NOES eraa ENEN 207 MeO ne CA n REE 133 REA E ETA euateienteces 131 Telephone DOOR unina a E ERAN 129 TELEPHONE FUNCTION malfunction and warning messages ssesose0s000 315 Telephones and two way radios ssessssessseesssessssese 214 The first 1 000 miles 1 500 km oo eeeeeeees 215 Tire inflation pressure ou eeeccesseeessccesseeeseceesaeeeesees 351 Operation Driving HOSEL 419 Practical hints cluster display Tire inflation pressure monitor eee eeseeeseeeeeeees 153 Inquiry of present tire inflation pressure 153 TIRE PRESSURE malfunction and warning messages ceeeeeeeeee 318 Drea O erratecalG cau cecs E cucu neunee tier 250 Evel perenne rn rere E ere E E A EA 405 Drivine ASICUCHIONS a a aN 249 RIMA O a E A ceennernny rirnten te 395 Rotan Ew Neel i A 344 Tire inflation pressula naaa 351 TIPE FEPIACCIMENL noceeoem inie a ENA 343 Winter driving instructions sssseseeeesssesseessssessee 253 Tool kit DEE VENICIE TOO nnnne nenna a aa 341
286. sesseseesseeseessessresesseesseseessese 360 B BabySmart airbag deactivation system 88 C SEES eaa a e ott a 89 n BACK OSU aa E R 72 Capacities BAS Brake assist system 275 Fuels coolants lubricants etc eescsesercccceesccsse 399 Battery Daan 352 Card KEYLESS GO SOPOT eLrCerrererrerererrrrerrrer ere errr rrr rer ee errr ee ee ee 28 Battery POCVClINS oeann N 354 Cargo tie down hooks sssssssssssssssrsererstrerstsereesereesereererees 206 Catalytic CONVENE cenen aN 226 CENE CONS OLE a iced ncatseneeaecioreusencascim 24 Index Instruments and controls Center console lighting ccccscscsscesssesesscressseseens 190 Central locking switch cccsecccsssssssscctessoneerssescesserss 49 Central locking system essssesessseeessseeessseccssseecesseesesseeees 33 Automatic central locking sesesoesesoeessssessseeessreessee 51 Central locking switch cccccccscccscocccidecdisdestesdsdexsseeecdeders 49 Choosing global or selective mode 0 36 42 PICCILONIC MEY oanet a ane etnaiae me Me Rea 29 KE YUE Soe O Car eui n ANN 30 Locking and unlocking ou eee seccceesseceeesseeeeeeees 35 Locking and unlocking with KEYLESS GO Car eee E ea ene 39 Mechanical keys ssscccsscscsssrcssscessctessstccsscsessseesens 46 KEMOL COMUEOI onnaa a nae m arte y reac 28 Simultaneous use of electronic main key and KEYLESS GO Card ise aegen e 43 Summer opening convenience feature
287. sonal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any question about carrying out some service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no PO0 00 2835 26 Press time 05 18 01 GSP SIP Printed in Germany Order No 6515 2120 13 Part No 215 584 73 81 USA Edition A 2002 Please observe the following BOOKSPINE for Operator s Manual e in 1 6 cm we 3 5 8 9 cm Operator s Manual CL Class Please ensure the correct position of model code and model name E
288. ssenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Memory function Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Key dependent memory settings The setting of the automatic climate control and the memory settings are stored together for each individual electronic key or for both KEYLESS GO cards vehicles with KEYLESS GO when the electronic key is removed from the starter switch or when the vehicle is locked using the KEYLESS GO card The stored settings are activated when the electronic key is inserted into the starter switch or when the vehicle is unlocked using the KEYLESS GO card vehicles with KEYLESS GO See page 111 for Memory function and page 168 for automatic
289. stalk up or down and the steering wheel will return to it s position stored in memory if the driver s door is closed or the electronic Note key is inserted in the starter switch The steering wheel adjustment can be stored together with the seat and mirror adjustment See page 111 for notes on the memory function Steering wheel adjustment 105 Instruments and controls Instrument i Practical hints Car care cluster display Operation Driving Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Rear view mirrors Rear view mirrors Inside rear view mirror Manually adjust the inside rear view mirror Storing inside rear view mirror positions The inside rear view mirror position is stored in memory with the seat steering wheel exterior rear view mirror positions and can be recalled when necessary See page 111 for notes on the memory function Inside rear view mirror automatic antiglare Antiglare mode With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the mirror reflection brightness responds to changes in light sensitivity With the gear selector lever in position R or with the interior light switched on the mirror brightness does not respond to changes in light sensitivity cluster display Practical hints 106 Note The automatic antiglare function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the inside rear view mirror The automatic an
290. stems ESP control switch P42 45 0287 26 ESP control switch located on center console 1 Press to switch ESP off ESP warning lamp E located in speedometer dial comes on 2 Press to switch ESP on ESP warning lamp JANG located in speedometer dial goes out Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care 280 To improve the vehicle s traction when driving with snow chains or starting off in deep snow sand or gravel switch off ESP by pressing the upper half 1 of the ESP switch The ESP warning lamp JAN located in the speedometer dial is continuously illuminated Warning When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions With the ESP system switched off the engine torque reduction feature is cancelled Therefore the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP is unavailable Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions A portion of the ESP system remains active even with the switch in the OFF position If one drive wheel loses traction and begins to spin the brake is applied until the wheel regains sufficient traction The traction control engages at vehicle speeds up to approximately 24 mph 40 km h and switches off at 50 mph 80 km h Notes Vehicles with Distronic DTR Avoid spinning of one drive wheel This may cause With the ESP switched off the Distronic could n
291. stems Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving cluster display 89 Practical hints Warning The BabySmart airbag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation system The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Car care irecte Operation Driving Io dune n Practical hints and controls cluster display Restraint systems 90 Supplemental restraint system SRS Seat belt fastened Airbags are intended as a supplement to seat belts e first threshold
292. stments as well as fastening of seat belts should be done before the vehicle is put into motion cluster display 70 Practical hints Car care Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Removal and installation of front seat head Note restraints Tilt the backrest rearward for easier removal and installation of the head restraints To remove Press switch 1 downwards and hold until the head restraint is fully retracted Pull head restraint out with one strong jerking m
293. strument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Parking system 290 The obstacle may not be recognized if outside the Parktronic switch shaded sensor field and no longer be indicated when approaching it any closer warning indicators go out Parktronic malfunction All red segments of the warning indicators light up and a warning sounds for 3 seconds if Parktronic does not function properly The indicator lamp in the switch lights up and the system switches off automatically A dirty sensor or other ultrasonic signals could be the reason See page 384 for instructions on cleaning the sensors in the bumpers After cleaning the sensors turn electronic key in starter P54 65 0317 26 switch to position 2 If the defect continues to be a displayed have the system checked at your authorized The switch is located on the center console Mercedes Benz Center 1 Parktronic switched off 2 Parktronic switched on 3 Indicator lamp comes on when Parktronic is switched off The parktronic system is switched on again when turning the electronic key in starter switch position 2 What you should know at the gas station Fuel supply P88 00 2027 26 Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever y
294. t s head We caution you not to rely on the presence of the The window curtain airbags are designed to activate pina gt OTETO ANONWEATNE VOULERAE DAN only in certain side impacts exceeding a preset threshold Only the head protection window curtain Warning airbag on the impacted side of the vehicle deploys Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury in certain frontal front airbags impacts or Important side side impact and head protection window curtain airbags impacts which may cause Airbags are designed to activate only in certain significant injuries however no system available frontal front airbags impacts or side side impact today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities EEE E A ia The activation of the SRS temporarily releases a e A a small amount of dust from the airbags This dust Only during these types of impacts if of sufficient however is neither injurious to your health nor severity to meet the deployment thresholds will does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might they provide their supplemental protection cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To The driver and passenger should always wear their avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as seat belts otherwise it is not possible for the airbags soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing to provide their supplemental protection difficulty but ca
295. tability program 251 278 359 Control SWIC fai secs ierinctwtnncanseedunetee et eecenavicanducace 280 Index 411 IS ELIOT Operation Driving uon i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display an eH Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Index 412 F G Fastenine Seat DENS oree i a tnvacvene tasers 85 Garage COOK OPCNCE deietan i a E ENEs 208 RS ald KIE scien ra E E 330 Gasoline Flat tire POGIUIVES apune e a inde N 403 See Changing wheels cscssssccsscceseeessresssreess 346 PUG PEGUIFEMENIS soineann ea 402 Flexible service system FSS eseeseesessseesssessessessesssesses 150 Premion unleaded oa a N 402 FOOCWE lie DUNE sisao E A 190 General notes on the central locking system 32 PRONG DASS sinnsir aE A 92 Global locking Front center console See Central locking system sesesosesoeossesssessessseeseese 33 storage compartment ventilation 1 eee 180 GOVE I OK ari a A 194 Front seat adjustment cecccesscsssveecsvsnessersssesssseseees 67 Fuel Gasoline additives ssesssscssssscsussseesnssseesssssee 403 H Premiun un paded gasoune Fale Hazard warning flasher switch ou eeeeeeceseeeeseeees 167 Fuel cap placement warning Head tetrani Ss ee Power head restraints rear 81 malfunction indicator lamp eeeeeseesseeeee 296 Dt ini ee erg te Fuel filler flap manual release ou eeeeceseeeseeees 374 Head restraints front seats
296. tance button remains illuminated in red for approx 10 seconds during the system self check after turning electronic key in starter switch to position 2 together with the SOS button and the Information button B See system self check on page 216 when the indicator lamp does not light up in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display Roadside Assistance calls can be terminated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel Operation Instrument Driving Practical hints cluster display Information button Located below the center armrest cover is the Information button Bi Pressing and holding the button for longer than 2 seconds will initiate a call to the Customer Assistance Center The button will flash while the call is in progress The message INFO CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message INFO CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color
297. te the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants Instrument q Practical hints cluster display Car care Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the front passenger seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the passenger side airbag BabySmart will not however turn off any side impact airbag It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact airbags there is a possibility for a side airbag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side airbag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow If you believe that even with the use of these these guidelines 1 occupants especially guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat children should never place their bodies or lean occupants to have both rear quarter trim panel their heads in the area of the front door or rear mounted side airbags deactivated then quarter trim panels where the side airbag inf
298. ted in the jack tube Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Practical hints Car care Move vehicle to a level area which is a safe distance from the roadway 1 Set parking brake and turn on hazard warning flasher Move selector lever to position P and turn off engine Prevent vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not supplied with vehicle or sizable wood block or stone When changing a wheel on a hill place chocks on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the other axle On an level road place one chock in front of and one behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed 4 Remove the two piece wheel wrench from the 5 Remove the protective cover from the jack support vehicle tool kit and assemble Using the wrench tube opening by inserting the screwdriver supplied loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts in the tool kit in the opening and prying it out The tube openings are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings Tires Wheels 347 US Ese Operation Driving instrumen Practical hints Car care Ms nines and controls cluster display data US TED Operation Driving ns cine Practical hints Car care Moeata and controls cluster display data Tires Wheels 348 6 Insert jack arm fully into the tube hole up to the 8 Unscrew upper most wh
299. tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause serious personal injury Express opening and closing of sliding pop up roof To select a sunroof opening position press the switch to resistance point and release it when the sunroof has reached the required position The sliding pop up roof now opens to the position set if the switch is pressed past resistance point in the open direction If you wish to change the opening position of the sunroof move the switch to resistance point in the direction you require Stopping the sliding pop up roof Move the switch in any direction Note Opening the sliding pop up roof automatically almost fully less approximately 1 inch 3 cm the sunroof must have been opened first by pressing the switch to resistance point and releasing it when the sunroof has reached an almost fully open position Interior equipment Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving f Practical hints cluster display Warning When closing the sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If the automatic closing operation of the sliding pop up roof is blocked while attempting to lower the roof the roof cannot be re opened automatically In this case the roof must be opened manually When closing the sliding pop up roof with the convenience feature and t
300. ter console To open Briefly touch the mark on the cover the ashtray opens automatically To remove ashtray insert from center console Warning Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still With the gear selector lever in position N turn off the engine and set the parking brake Otherwise the vehicle might move as a result of Press sliding knob 1 toward the right to eject the unintended contact with the gear selector lever insert To replace insert Prior to removing the ashtray insert move the gear selector lever to position N Install insert into ashtray frame and push down to engage into place Rear seats Interior equipment Instruments and controls Operation Driving 8 20 2082 26 Instrument cluster display To open Briefly touch the top of the cover the ashtray opens automatically To remove the insert Push down on catch 2 and pull out the ashtray insert To install the insert Position the insert and close the cover Instruments and controls Operation Interior equipment Lighter 1 Center console lighter q Practical hints cluster display Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Push in lighter 1 it will pop out automatically when hot Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot hold at knob only When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key
301. ter dial is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance to the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final caution that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident The distance warning sound continues until the driver activates the brake pedal or the preset distance is obtained As soon as the preset distance is obtained the distance warning lamp goes out Practical hints Car care Caution If the driver s foot is not fully removed from the accelerator pedal the message DISTRONIC OVERRIDE appears in the multifunction display The Distronic control system will be overridden and it will not regulate the preset vehicle speed and following distance The vehicle speed and following distance is determined only by the accelerator pedal position Distronic works on steep uphill and downhill gradients by downshifti
302. tet as cieacbcenceetasavesaudsiaueievers 76 Seat ventilation system 79 Power head restraints rear 81 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 82 DEA DEIES a a 82 Seat belt nonusage warning SYSTEM eeeeeeeeeeeees 83 BabySmart airbag deactivation system 88 Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed 89 Contents Supplemental restraint system SRS Emergency tensioning retractor ETR eee cece ties hace aseahs Airbags Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning retractor and airbag Infant and child restraint systems Steering wheel adjustment Rear view mirrors Rear view mirror automatic antiglare Memory function Key dependent memory settings Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Trip and main odometer and SUD MENU ee eeeseeeeees 2 Audio Systems cccecccssecesseeceseees 126 ESETE LE AOE EE E E PENE 126 CI DIAL nan 127 Cassette player ou ceeeeeseeeees 128 Telephone E 129 Telephone book cceeeeees 129 Redialihg terccstiec ine heen he 131 COMMIS Callanan ea 133 Navigation system ceeeeeeeees 134 Distronic DI R 2sccnkccinnece 135 Trip computer eeesessessesseessessesseeserss 136 Malfunction warning message MeMOoOTY seessssessssessseee 138 Individual settings 0 140 Setting the audio volume 149 Flex
303. the SOS button will begin to flash The message EMERGENCY CALL CONNECTING CALL appears in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle Always make sure that the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and in the Information button do not remain illuminated constantly in red and the message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP is not displayed in the multifunction display after the system self check If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above have the determined by the GPS satellite location system system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as vehicle model identification number and color are soon as possible generated A voice connection between the Response Center and Emergency calls the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated When a voice connection is established the e following an accident in which the Emergency audio system mutes and the message TELE AID Tensioning Retractors ETR s or airbags deploy EMERGENCY CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display The Response Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the accident provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle An
304. the knob will pop out Rotate adjusting knob 1 clockwise instrument lamp intensity increases Rotate adjusting knob 1 counterclockwise instrument lamp intensity decreases Push knob back into panel Note It is not possible to select a basic brightness setting in daylight the intensity is adjusted automatically Coolant temperature gauge 5 During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to the red marking The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature in the red zone Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning e Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it cools down Instrument cluster Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving f Practical hints cluster display Outside temperature indicator 6 Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an Ice Warning Device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above
305. the multifunction display Information calls can be terminated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel i Practical hints cluster display Car care Important If the indicator lamps do not start flashing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a fault or the service is not currently active and may not initiate a call Visit your Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Upgrade Signals Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority e Automatic emergency First priority e Manual emergency Second priority e Roadside assistance Third priority e Information Fourth priority Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected an upgrade alternating tone will be heard and the appropriate indicator lamp will flash If certain information such as vehicle identification number or customer information is not available the operator may need to retransmit During this time you will hear a chirp and voice contact will be interrupted Voice contact will resume once the retransmission is completed Once a call is concluded a chirp will be heard and the appropriate indicator lamp will stop flashing The COMAND system operation will resume Important If the indicator lamp continues to flas
306. the same type as on the vehicle and is fully functional However that spare wheel rim is weight optimized and has a limited service life of 12 000 miles 20 000 km use before a standard wheel rim must replace it In the case of a flat tire you may temporarily use the spare wheel Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12 000 miles 20 000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an accident and possible injuries Spare wheel CL 55 AMG and Sport Package Important The spare wheel rim size is 7 J x 17 H 2 with tire size 225 55 R17 97H The spare wheel rim is weight optimized and has a limited service life of 12 000 miles 20 000 km use before a standard wheel rim must replace it In the case of a flat tire you may temporarily use the spare wheel when observing the following restrictions e Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h e Drive to the nearest tire repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appropriate e Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted If the arrow on tire side wall does not point in direction of vehicle forward movement when using the spare wheel observe the following restriction Unidirectional tires must always be mounted with arrow on tire sidewall pointing in direction of vehicle forward movement Tires
307. tic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and manual emergency roadside assistance and information The Tele Aid system is operational providing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Practical hints Car care 216 The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction steering wheel for raising press button and for lowering press button Sj To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button XI depending on the type of response required Shortly after the completion of your Acquaintance Call you will receive a user ID and password via first call mail By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock Info Services profile and more Optional System self check Initially after turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 malfunctions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP appears for approx 10 seconds in the multifunction display Important Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in
308. tic climate control Switching the automatic climate control on and off P83 40 0489 21 To switch off Press button W The display shows 0 The fresh air supply to the vehicle interior is shut off While driving use this setting only temporarily otherwise the windshield could fog up To switch on e press button WJ or Keg e press one of the EZ buttons so that it pops out and then click it back in e press one of the temperature selector buttons or the air volume switch i Practical hints cluster display Front center console storage compartment ventilation The front center console compartment has its own air outlet To open Slide the lever up To close Slide the lever down The air volume is dependent on the setting of e air distribution control e air volume control e air outlets in the dashboard The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air outlets It cannot be regulated separately Notes The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compartment close the air outlet while heating the passenger compartment Do not allow articles to obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment Rear window defroster Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To select Press the ffalj button in the control panel of the automatic air conditioner The indicator lamp in the button illuminates To can
309. tically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Notes When in operation the seat heater consumes a large amount of electrical power It is not advisable to use the seat heater longer than necessary If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you the seat heaters can be switched off Seats Instruments and controls Operation Vehicles without seat ventilation function Normal heating mode Press button 1 One indicator lamp in the switch lights up The seat heater will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Rapid heating mode Press button 2 Both indicator lamps in the switch light up The system switches over to normal heating mode automatically after approximately 5 minutes Turning off the heater Press button 1 or 2 again The indicator lamps go out The seat heater is switched off 77 Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Driving Instruments Operation Driving msiument Practical hints and controls cluster display Seats 78 Vehicles with seat ventilation function Rapid heating mode Press button 3 once Both red indicator lamps above the button light up The system switches over to normal heating mode automatically after approximately 5 minutes Normal heating mode Press button 3 twice One red indicator lamp above the button lights up The seat heater will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 min
310. tiglare function will not react for example if the rear window sun shade is in raised position Warning In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In cases it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Exterior rear view mirrors The buttons are located on the driver s door Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your inside rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Rear view mirrors 107 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Practical hints Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 Push button to select mirror to be adjusted Driver s side Push button 1 Passenger side Push button 2 Push the adjustment button 3 up down left or right according to the setting desired Note The exterior rear view mirrors have electrically heated glass The heater switches on automatically depending on outside temperature Storing exterior rear view mirror positions The exterior rear v
311. ting button reference to garage door opener operator s manual 2 Press training button on the garage door opener motor head unit which activated the training light Note Following step 2 there are 30 seconds to initiate step 3 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care 210 3 Firmly press and release the programmed integrated remote control transmit button Press and release same button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers may require you to do this procedure a third time to complete the training 4 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed button on the integrated remote control transmitter Canadian programming During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the integrated remote control transmitter button note steps 2 through 4 in the Programming portion while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator lamp will flash Slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training Operation of remote control Erasing the remote control memory 1 Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 1 Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 or 2 2 Select and press the appropriate button to activate 2 Simultaneously holding down t
312. tings in the following order 1 Lumbar region Press EAN or Ke to select a lumbar region Press and hold or E to inflate or deflate the selected lumbar support 2 Center section Press or E side of switch and hold the air cushion will be inflated or deflated Release the switch in the desired position Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display 79 Practical hints 3 Backrest side cushions The lateral support increases or decreases as you press the button to the right or left Adjust the side cushions to provide good lateral support Massage function PULSE The multicontour backrest is equipped with a massage function to help prevent fatigue during longer journeys The PULSE function inflates and deflates the air cushions in the lumbar region rhythmically An indicator lamp on the switch lights up when the PULSE function is switched on The PULSE function switches off automatically after approximately 8 minutes Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Seats 76 Seat heater The seat heaters may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on at the same time or if the battery charge is low In this case one or both indicator lamps will blink The seat heaters can be switched on with the electronic key in starter switch positions 1 or 2 Poe DURORS an H ORAS Oeey enor The seat heaters switch back on again automa
313. tion 0 same as electronic key removed from starter switch Note The engine can only be turned off with selector lever in position P If attempting to turn off the engine while the selector lever is in any other position than P a signal sounds and the message SELECTOR LEVER TO P appears in the multifunction display as a reminder to move the selector to position P Automatic transmission Automatic transmission Instruments and controls Operation Driving 235 Instrument cluster display The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically dependent upon e Selector lever position see page 238 e Program mode selector see page 242 e Accelerator position e Vehicle speed The gear shifting process is continuously adapted dependent on the driving style the driving situation and the road characteristics Important When parking the vehicle or before working on the vehicle with the engine running firmly depress the parking brake pedal and shift the selector lever into P Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Automatic transmission Driving The selector lever is automatically locked while in position P To move the selector lever out of position P the service brake pedal must be firmly depressed before the shift lock will release Shift selector lever to the desired position only when the engine is idling normally an
314. tion EJ If one of the turn signals fails the turn signal indicator 2 High beam system flashes and sounds at a faster than normal rate exterior lamp switch position B P54 25 2389 26 6 Press switch briefly Single wipe without washer fluid select only if windshield is wet Push switch past resistance point Windshield washer system windshield wipers See page 340 for instructions on filling the windshield headlamp washer reservoir 7 Windshield wipers Combination switch Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument i Practical hints Car care cluster display Off Intermittent wiping One initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically controlled by a rain sensor monitoring the wetness of the windshield This will not occur with a front door open Notes With switch in this position one wipe occurs when turning the electronic key in starter switch from position 0 However this might cause scratches on a dry windshield Turn combination switch to Off position before turning the electronic key in starter switch from position 0 Do not leave in intermittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Wipers will operate in presence of water spray at windshield and wipers may be damaged as a result II Normal wiper speed II Fast wiper speed If the vehicle is standing still the wiper will switch back to setting I intermittent wiping
315. tion system Jasc deseistdvsvcivnsotevaseckesenseseusiees 79 POWEr WINdOWS cinien E RRA 183 O Blocking of rear side window operation 185 Express opening and closing eeeeeeeeseeeeeteeeees 184 On board diagnostic system oo cesseeeeseeeeees 296 Openin AN CGO SIS erasini 44 Operator s Manual sscscnicivs steed tbeiied uctol iid ia 8 VIC IT OL ZINE sorei iienaa eau caused 185 Outside temperature indicator oo eee 117 Problems with your vehicle cceeessseceessseeeeeesseeeees 14 Overhead Control panel cceccccscsessesscssessesecsssseseeseees 21 PROGUCUANTORIVATION sisses rore eose eae 7 P R Pan ODUN O ehen N 46 Radio Parcel net in front passenger footwell ce 206 DEC AUCIOSVSUCING veies a aek aaeeea e 126 Parcel net in trunk esessessessssesesessosessesrsessesseseesesresesese 205 Radio see Audio systems ssssssssssssessesssssssesessesrssesesees 126 PE E oa E E EAE 248 Rad toctr anns ELS seuna aabnaseeniblntusscausset 214 Parking assist Parktronic ss ssesessesssssssessessesessessess 286 Rain sensor Parking brake esseere 202 244 248 298 346 See intermittent Wiping sessessesssessesseeseesseseesseeseese 165 PARKING BRAKE Rear passenger compartment malfunction and warning messages s es 308 adjustable air OUtICtS ananasai 182 Power assista E eapi E 246 Rear view mirror Power closing assist Inside automatic ante lare tes gsiciescsisttaisernaneuate 106 Doors and trunk lid
316. tive cycles An on board diagnostic connector is located in the passenger compartment near to the parking brake pedal allowing the accurate identification of system malfunctions through the readout of diagnostic trouble codes Notes When running out of fuel the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the engine possibly switches to its limp home emergency operation mode To cancel the limp home mode the engine may have to be started three or four times after refueling The malfunction indicator lamp remains illuminated Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Car care Instruments and controls Operation Driving Malfunction and indicator lamps Brake warning lamp When the brake warning lamp and message appear while the engine is running this means e there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir engine running and parking brake released or Except Canada Canada only e the parking brake is set engine running Instrument cluster display 298 Practical hints Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Don t add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriousl
317. toate ausetematcaiudewe 190 CSC COUMLI OL en 256 CRUISE CONTROL malfunction and warning messages cceeeeee 315 Cup holder Center console front oo ees sessssecssssseesessesesees 199 Rear bench armrest is ccuscn nian n a ovens 201 Car care Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving Pe Practical hints Car care 410 D Door controlpanel rorsnesenaian inaa E E i BOr ENVIANDO E E EE E E E E DOON orea a Mareen re tr Aree ern rr ere enn ree or Deep water Power closing assist wo ee cesssecceesseceeesseeeeeseteeeees Drivin WIS TUCTIONS sirenai ea E 254 Drinking and driving sssr DISPLAY DEFECTIVE engine control unit Drive sensibly save fuel sesssssoesessssssssesssssseseserssse malfunction and warning Messages s s s 304 DEVENS WMSCPUG TIONS aeoeaii DISPLAY DEFECTIVE several systems PEVE O beeen renee RED Treen ORO noe aN ON TENT malfunction and warning messages ecceeee 304 Display Umi a WON sas wie eed etoile 116 DISMONIC DT RY eisin AN 135 259 E ACTIVATION OF DISON sstsescisstssisiaiaisiatsiade eee 262 Additional driving hints oo eee eesceseceseeeseeees 267 Easy entry exit Te ature enrum Cleaning sensor sinciincaaeaeiacadencies ead 384 ELEC STABIL PROGR Deactivation of Distronic wee esses eee 264 malfunction and warning Messages s Displays in the speedometer dial c ssseeseeeeee 274 FleCTOMO KEY seicde credits reo O E Distance warning function sns 270
318. tomatic the system will automatically switch to maximum cooling output when necessary to achieve the set temperature quickly see page 173 The display shows AUTO MAXCOOL The temperature setting cannot be changed during maximum cooling operation P83 40 2288 21 Note By pressing one of the temperature buttons the system will display briefly approx 5 seconds the set temperature in the display Basic setting automatic mode a a I E oa E o DE DE In the automatic mode the automatic climate control cools or heats the interior depending on the direction and strength of the sunlight outside temperature selected interior temperature and the actual interior temperature of the vehicle With the automatic climate control switched off the air volume and distribution can still be set manually There are three basic settings for the automatic mode e Automatic air volume control e Automatic air outlet control left and right e Automatic air outlet control center see page 169 We recommend these settings to be used all year round Automatic climate control Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving f Practical hints cluster display Air volume and distribution are controlled automatically We recommend to set the temperature switches on the left and right to 72 F 22 C Please make changes from this setting to suit your personal requirements Automatic airflow regulatio
319. trument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Central locking system Panic button P80 35 2035 26 To activate press and hold button 1 for at least one second An audible alarm and blinking exterior lamps will operate for approximately 2 minutes To deactivate press button 1 again or insert electronic key in starter switch cluster display 46 Practical hints Note For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void to the user s authority to operate the equipment Mechanical keys The mechanical keys work only in driver s door trunk and storage compartment locks Notes The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened see page 374 Doors P80 30 2131 26 1 Opening pull handle 2 Unlocking driver s door 3 Locking driver s door Important The mechanical key does not operate the central locki
320. ts final closing stage the hydraulic power closing assist mechanism releases the trunk lid which then drops into the lock by its own weight Now the trunk lid will stop but not reverse slightly Investigate and correct the cause of interruption Now press trunk lid opening closing switch again to close the trunk lid In case of a malfunction the trunk lid can be opened and closed manually To open unlock trunk lid with the mechanical key and open lid by hand see page 52 To close lower trunk lid with hands placed flat on trunk lid Please remember to keep your fingers out of the space between the lid and the vehicle 58 Practical hints The trunk can also be opened by using the remote control Press button The trunk lid cannot be opened by the switch or the remote control when previously locked separately with the mechanical key To open see page 52 The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid opening closing switch when the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch To unlock vehicle with the central locking switch see page 49 Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of rear shelf or inside the trunk Opening height restriction of trunk lid Note The trunk lid opening height can be restricted when To fully open the trunk lid while opening height transporting goods on a r
321. ture for driver and front passenger seat belt is activated when the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or 2 The retraction force of the inertia reel is reduced increasing the level of seat belt comfort Note For cleaning and care of the seat belts see page 388 Car care HES UIC eH Operation Driving He TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Restraint systems 84 Warning Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Fastening seat belts Restraint systems Instruments and controls Operation Driving P91 40 2063 27 85 1 Latch plate 2 Buckle 3 Release button Push the latch plate 1 into the buckle 2 until it clicks Do not twist the belt A twisted
322. uction 13 Introduction 14 Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your Satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting Safety Defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or Merc
323. ume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Notes If the engine does not brake the vehicle sufficiently while driving on a downgrade the speed you set on the cruise control may be exceeded In this case the automatic transmission shifts down max to 3rd gear to maintain the set cruise control speed by using the engine s braking power As soon as the grade eases the automatic transmission shifts up again dependent on the selector lever position Nevertheless in some cases you may have to step on the brake pedal to slow down In this case the cruise control is switched off Use the lever to resume the previously set speed The CRUISE CONTROL message is displayed on the multifunction display when any attempt is made to store speeds below 25 mph 40 km h or when an attempt is made to recall a speed when no speed has been stored the cruise control remains switched off See malfunction and warning messages on page 303 if the cruise control has a malfunction Distronic DTR optional When activated the Distronic system increases driving convenience for example over long distances as it automatically maintains a speed set by the driver by actively regulating the throttle setting It also maintains within certain limitations a preset distance to a vehicle ahead With Distronic switched off the multifuncti
324. uments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Instrument Practical hints cluster display Power washer When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe manufacturer s operating instructions Note Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water anda KEYLESS GO card is in close proximity approx 3 ft approx 1m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Caution Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Car care Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Cleaning and care of the vehicle Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up normally in 3 to 5 months depending on climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if paint surface shows signs of dirt embedding i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot Use the appropriate MB T
325. under the front seats To open Press button 7 and raise the armrest To close Lower the armrest until it engages in lock Notes The storage compartment can be heated or cooled see page 180 The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compartment close the air outlet while heating the passenger compartment Do not obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment The storage space below the armrest is illuminated with 8 Storage compartment under the front seats the exterior lamps switched on Maximum permissible weight of contents 3 3 Ibs 1 5 kg To open Press buttons 9 together and fold the lid down To close Close lid until both buttons 9 of lock engage Interior equipment 197 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls t 2 cluster display Interior equipment 198 Storage compartments in the Coat hooks rear passenger compartment P68 70 2002 26 Opening the storage space Coat hooks 1 are located on the headliner above the Slide the cover 10 back to open forward to close cca eon To open Briefly press indentation on coat hook the coat hook folds down To close Push coat hook into headliner Cup holder 1 Cup holder in front seat armrest Press button 2 to open the second cup holder The cup holder opens automatically Open the storage compartment i
326. unleaded gasoline Fuel requirements Use only Premium unleaded meeting ASTM Caution standard D 439 The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R octane number and the Motor M octane number R M 2 To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded is not available and low octane fuel is used ORON THES PECCAUiHONS This is also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX e have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as erana fill up with premium unleaded as soon Ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ap possible ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not e avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration exceed 10 MTBE not to exceed 15 e do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the The ratio of Methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two plus additional cosolvents persons and no luggage Using mixtures of Ethanol and Methanol is not allowed e do not exceed 1 of maximum accelerator pedal Gasohol which contains 10 Ethanol and 90 unleaded position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in gasoline can be used mountainous terrain These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major conce
327. urer s mounting instructions obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to Always select option I or II of the level control system prevailing conditions when driving with snow chains see page 283 Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered Warning roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Even when permitted by law never operate a Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed roads without snow rating of the tires When driving with snow chains press the ESP control Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are switch to OFF refer to page 280 rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and resulting in personal injury Important and possible death Driving instructions Instruments and controls Operation Use of snow chains is not permissible with tire sizes 245 45 R18 or 275 40 R18 251 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Driving Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Driving instructions Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering
328. usage warning lamp comes on and a warning sounds fora short time if the driver s seat belt is not fastened After starting the engine the seat belt nonusage warning lamp blinks for a brief period to remind the driver and passengers to fasten seat belts Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp The indicator lamp will light up for approximately 6 seconds when you turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 It does not light up if there is a fault in the system The indicator lamp stays lit as long as a BabySmart child seat is properly installed on the front passenger seat It indicates that the front passenger airbag is switched off cluster display 302 Practical hints Car care t See page 88 for BabySmar system airbag and its deactivation Warning The BabySmart airbag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation system Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the li
329. utes Turning off the heater Press the button 3 again The indicator lamps go out The seat heater is switched off Seat ventilation system optional The buttons are located on each door Seat ventilation can be activated manually with the electronic key in starter switch positions 1 or 2 or by the summer opening function driver s seat only see page 44 Notes When in operation the seat ventilation system consumes a large amount of electrical power It is not advisable to use the seat ventilator longer than necessary Seats Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument f Practical hints cluster display The seat ventilators may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on at the same time or if the battery charge is low In this case one or more indicator lamps will blink The seat ventilation switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you the seat ventilators can be switched off The maximum ventilation level level 3 is automatically selected if the driver s seat ventilation is activated by the summer opening function see page 44 Instruments Operation Driving msiument Practical hints and controls cluster display Seats 80 Level 2 ventilation setting middle Press button 1 again Two blue indicator lamps above the button light up Level 1 ve
330. ved Wheel Care using a soft bristle brush For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove and a strong spray of water electronic key from starter switch before cleaning the windshield otherwise the wiper motor can suddenly turn on and cause injury Note Follow instructions on container Note Use only acid free cleaning materials The acid could lead to corrosion Instrument cluster Cup holder Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moistened in lukewarm solution Do not use cloth moistened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents scouring agents Note Steering wheel and gear selector lever For ease of cleaning the cup holder between the front seats can be removed by pulling it up when in its closed position Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Cleaning and care of the vehicle 387 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Cleaning and care of the vehicle Seat belts The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Use only clear lukewarm water and soap Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight
331. w is completely closed and hold down for approximately 1 second Repeat procedure for each window When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked The automatic full opening and closing procedure of the vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment windows should now be restored can cause serious personal injury Interior equipment 185 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Interior equipment Sliding pop up roof 1 to slide roof open 2 to slide roof closed 3 to raise roof at rear 4 to lower roof at rear Instrument cluster display Practical hints 186 Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 To open close raise or lower the sliding pop up roof Move the switch to resistance point in the required direction Release the switch when the roof has reached the required position Warning When closing the sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unat
332. wheel multifunction display 124 Trip and main odometer and sub menu 0149 8 SERVICE A MILES ee 020753 IN 2300 MILES TIRE PRESSURE CPS14 23 a2 IH 29 a2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL Sop ac Pht D K P54 30 4480 29 1 Trip odometer and main odometer Press or button repeatedly until the trip and See page 119 for instructions on resetting the trip main odometer display 1 appears poems Press the BA or RA button repeatedly until the 2 FSS Flexible service system see page 150 required display 2 3 4 5 1 appears 3 Tire inflation pressure monitor see page 153 Pressing the or button displays the next or 4 Engine oil level indicator see page 157 a 5 Vehicle speed Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 125 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Audio systems Radio AHD 0 CFF Fz 100 3 MHz 3 FMI 5 SP 410 1 1 MHz FRO 102 9 MHz P54 30 2936 27 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care 126 1 Audio system is switched off 2 The radio is switched on 3 Wave band setting and memory location number where appropriate 4 Station name setting or station frequency 5 This only appears when MEMORY rather than FREQUENCY has been selected in the SETTINGS VEHICL
333. while the call is in progress The message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display The nature of the need for assistance can then be described The Mercedes Benz Roadside assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information These programs are only available in the USA e Sign and Drive services Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable e Remote Vehicle Diagnostics This function permits the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher to download malfunction codes and actual vehicle data Tele Aid Instruments and controls Notes The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assis
334. will also retract The sliding pop up roof must be resynchronized if the power supply has been interrupted battery disconnected or low the sliding pop up roof has been closed manually or the sliding pop up roof does not open smoothly or malfunctions e Press the switch in the raise 3 direction wait until the sliding pop up roof is fully raised at rear and hold the switch for approximately 1 second Interior lighting 3 Right front reading lamp Press the button to switch the right reading lamp 8 on or off The right reading lamp in the rear view mirror will be switched on or off 4 To switch off automatic function Press the rocker switch The interior lighting remains switched off even when centrally unlocking or opening a door or the electronic key is removed from the starter switch 5 To select automatic function Press the rocker switch to the center position Interior lamps are switched on in darkness when unlocking the vehicle opening a door or removing 1 Left front reading lamp the electronic key from starter switch Press the button to switch the left reading lamp 7 Interior lamps are switched off soft fade delayed on or off The left reading lamp in the interior rear when locking the vehicle closing the doors or view mirror will be switched on or off inserting the electronic key in starter switch oo However there will be no delay when the electronic 2 Rear interior lights key is in starter switch
335. will open and close automatically You should always make sure that there is sufficient clearance A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid To open and close the trunk the vehicle must be parked and unlocked Central locking system Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display To open trunk lid Pull up on switch until trunk lid begins to open The switch can now be released the trunk lid opens automatically To interrupt the opening process either pull up on switch or push in trunk lid lock or press button on the remote control The indicator lamp in the switch remains on with trunk lid open To close trunk lid Press upper half of switch until trunk lid is closed and the indicator lamp in the switch goes out Warning When closing the trunk lid be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure Be especially careful when small children are around Maintain sight of trunk area while operating the door mounted switch To interrupt the hydraulic power closing assist mechanism release trunk lid release close switch and pull up to open Instruments Operation Driving Msitument and controls cluster display Central locking system Notes The automatic closing process is interrupted if the trunk lid is pushed against an object The trunk lid will reverse slightly and stop In i
336. witch EE P82 50 0757 26 1 Locking 2 Unlocking The central locking switch is located in the center console The doors and trunk can only be locked with the central locking switch if the passenger door is closed Car care HES UIC eH Operation Driving nanen Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 50 Important To cancel the alarm When the driver s door is open and the central locking e insert the electronic key in the starter switch switch is activated the complete vehicle is locked after osake driver odour e press button or on the electronic key or e vehicles with KEYLESS GO If the vehicle was previously locked with the central when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the locking switch while in the selective remote control door handle or press the start stop button on the mode only the door opened from the inside is unlocked gear selector lever If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch while in the global remote control mode Warning the complete vehicle is unlocked when a door is opened When leaving the vehicle always remove the from the inside electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and Notes lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked If the vehicle was previously locked with the remote vehicle Unsupervised use of ve
337. witch page 68 to bring seat into desired position When folding the backrest forward from a reclined position and then folding it back the backrest stops in a more upright position for the safety of any rear seat passenger Adjust the backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel see page 68 Seats 73 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving HES UIC eH Operation Driving He TENSE Practical hints and controls cluster display Seats 74 Lumbar support optional Multicontour backrest optional The thumbwheels are located on the sides of the front The switch clusters are located on the sides of the front seats seats The seats have an inflatable air cushion built into the E OE backrest to provide additional lumbar support 8 Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 Cnr The inflation pressure of the air cushion can be 3 Backrest side cushions continuously varied between position 0 no pressure and position 5 maximum pressure by changing the im Maeda ee O EE pressure regulator 1 setting Seats Instruments and controls Some models may be equipped with multicontour seats These seats have inflatable air cushions built into the backrests to provide additional lumbar and side support Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 to operate We recommend that you make the basic set
338. with snow chains 395 Technical Practical hints Car care cluster display data Instruments Operation Driving instrument Pa Technical and controls cluster display data Technical data 396 Rims Winter tires Model CL 55 AMG Model CL 55 AMG Rims front axle Rim light alloy 7 1 RAL H2 AMG light alloy rims 8 J x 18 H 2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm Winiemtires Rims rear axle Radial ply tires 225 55 R17 97H M S AMG light alloy rims 9 Jx18H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Radial ply tires front axle 245 45 R18 96Y rear axle 275 40 R18 99Y MO Spare wheel Rim light alloy 7 Jx17H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm All season tire Radial ply tire 225 55 R17 97H 1 Also permissible 245 45 ZR18 96 2 Also permissible 275 40 ZR18 96 MO 3 Must not be used with snow chains Electrical system Model CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 Generator alternator 14 V 150 A 14 V 150 A 14 V 150 A Starter motor 12V 1 7 kW 12V 1 7 kW 12V 2 2 kW Battery 12V 100 Ah 12V 100 Ah 12V 100 Ah Spark plugs Bosch F 8 DPER NGK PER 5 11 Beru 14 F 7 DPUR X 2 Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 NGK PFR 5 R 11 Electrode gap 0 039 in 1 0 mm 0 039 in 1 0 mm 0 041 in 1 05 mm Tightening torque 15 22 ft lb 20 30 Nm 15 22 ft lb 20 30 Nm 15 22 ft lb 20 30 Nm Technical data 397 Technical IS LIONS Operation Driving HSL Practical hints and controls cluster display data Instruments Operation Dr
339. y Malfunction and warning messages 303 Instruments and controls Operation Driving LEDUC SST Practical hints cluster display Instruments Driving Instrument Operation and controls P cluster display 304 Malfunction and warning messages DISPLAY DEFECTIVE engine control unit DISPLAY DEFECT IVE JISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2085 21 Line 1 Line 2 VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE C Category see page 303 This message is displayed to indicate that the information being relayed by the engine control unit is no longer complete The display for coolant temperature gauge tachometer or the cruise control may have failed Practical hints DISPLAY DEFECTIVE several systems DISPLAY DEFECTIVE Fal Le VISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2089 21 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 The displays for several systems have failed Some systems themselves may also have failed BATTERY ALTERNATOR BAT TERY ALTERMAT OR VISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 3574 21 BATTERY ALTERNATOR VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation and controls P Driving SN Practical hints cluster display This message indicates a malfunction which must be repaired immediately It may indicate that the poly V belt has broken Should this condition occur the poly V belt must be replaced before continuing to
340. y 2 9 gal 11 liters See page 291 for notes on refueling the vehicle Malfunction and indicator lamps 299 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care cluster display Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Malfunction and indicator lamps ABS malfunction indicator lamp The ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 and should go out with the engine running When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster remains illuminated while the engine is running it indicates that the ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off In this case the brake system functions in the usual manner but without antilock assistance A malfunctioning ABS control unit can possibly affect the operation of other systems e g Parktronic Navigation Automatic transmission Be guided accordingly with respect to the use of those systems and have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints cluster display With the ABS malfunctioning the BAS and ESP are also switched off The malfunction indicator lamp and malfunction messages in the multifunction display come on with the engine running If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the ABS is switched off When the
341. y burned Note If you find that the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir is reached have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Supplemental restraint system SRS indicator lamp SRS The operational readiness of the airbag system is verified by the indicator lamp SRS in the instrument cluster when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 If no fault is detected the lamp will go out after approximately 4 seconds after the lamp goes out the system continues to monitor the components and circuitry of the airbag system and will indicate a malfunction by coming on again Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury See page 92 for notes on airbags see page 91 for belt tensioners and page 102 for infant and child seat restraint Fuel reserve warning 90 40 1 Fuel reserve indicator When the warning lamp 1 comes on after starting the engine or if it comes on while driving it indicates that the fuel level is down to the reserve quantity of approximatel
342. ystems 272 Notes With the distance warning function activated you will still be advised by a continuous audible warning if a potential emergency braking circumstance has been detected even if Distronic has been deactivated The last selected warning function mode on off will be stored in memory even when removing the electronic key from the starter switch Multifunction displays Driving systems Instruments Operation and controls P 1 Distronic is deactivated The actual distance 5 and the should be distance 6 to the vehicle ahead 4 are displayed 2 Activating Distronic The display shows the selected speed for approx 5 seconds 3 Distronic is activated The message DISTRONIC OFF appears for approx 5 seconds when Distronic is being deactivated 4 Vehicle ahead Only appears if a vehicle is detected ahead 5 Actual distance to vehicle ahead Should be distance to vehicle ahead as calculated by Distronic 7 Own vehicle 8 Distance warning function is activated see page 270 To call up Distronic display Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the display 1 or 3 appears P54 30 4488 27 273 Instrument f Practical hints cluster display Driving PUES aa Operation Driving nstama Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 274 Displays in the speedometer dial N 120 N 200 220 220 DISTROHIC 140
343. zed Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Malfunction and warning messages 307 Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls p 5 cluster display Practical hints Car care BRAKE FLUID JISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2101 21 Line 1 Line 2 BRAKE FLUID VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 303 Warning Driving with this message displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Don t add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned LENS TUTE Operation Driving EDS ERLISTE Practical hints and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 308 PARKING BRAKE TRUNK OPEN PHRE IMG BRAKE TEONE OFEN C vrii RELEASE FARK IHG BRAKE P54 30 4438 21 P54 30 2133 21 Line 1 Line 2 Line 1 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE PARKING BRAKE TRUNK OPEN C Category see page 303 C Category see page 303 ELEC STABIL PROG 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning Electronic stability program y prog 2 A malfunction has been detected in the system Only partial engine output will be available 3 The enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP and the torque reduction feature are unavailable E 5 4 This message may be displayed if the power supply was interrupted battery disconnected or em

Mercedes Benz 2002 CL-Class User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents